Paielwiyt Pa

Sn aa lt eA 0 PS are

DA Ae hah A oly ek

Wie Not, Swe * Lec Oe Ak Ny Ae Sys ale

Pt Hi eal Oh 6d AA CARAS AA CEA.

Pewee btm ye

BS eS te dy Bee ae ene 0 aE

Oe ith tepuctehtar are

> att aged oh

oir eres ee ar “ee ee

facts

inchs belacds dovieden

Rata wane See eS * ete

ta : ‘ j ’ LRA Rok elses

ie fe RAN aR A Hite

wk ase ae i ‘

Pita ate YW EEN Py Tn Wee

Ae te OA ER my at Me gr Ry

Sir rere ws :

Hone BAM Peg 2 eee ee Sie ee

% FARES eK ND dt Ra

wrested

Nini e Ganka Verte Rigby BK ABE wade edt OA gee H

ee ee ere a Debate at t ee re oon eo A Be

be nie adinD, tend Aare Ban Be OE IR de rn ae ‘ oo a eae ,

inte Mt Neneh Fil % HA y 9 e .

é - dart 5 Pages anes eee

: Seek ASN slacA gs Ab Ainge

Shel ;

Ty Met eee

Heat abet a Seteal Re ado

Teas Sehueter &

HANDBOUND

AT THE

UNIVERSITY OF

TORONTO PRESS

cre

:

nue

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTII’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

wee —_ re

VOL. XIV.—SIXTH SERIES.

ae

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS?

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1894.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper exstimata;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

nimica fuit.”—Linnzvs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’euvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Sides e\s howe: © lee: lheisylyan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

/ ALERE Nem

la) } =

CONTENTS OF VOL, XIV.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXXIX.

Page

I. On Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitzinger, and Lepidosiren articulata,

Epon Paracuay. By Prof... HHLEES (2.26050... see vena

II. Scarabeide in the British Museum.—A Sixth Contribution.

yA ARLES Ol WATERHOUSE. o/e'e,: 1a tlc os icn mee Sema tele aise else ee 9

III. Two new Coccide from the Arid Region of North America.

By T. D. A. CockErELL, Entomologist to the New Mexico (U.S.A.)

ASTIEUIUTAL MxMOTIMeNt Station! 5 ./2 2.0 swe we ceca elels oe oe oe 12

IV. On a Small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from Queens-

land, with Descriptions of Fivenew Species. By W.F. Kirsy, F.L.S.,

F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural

EListetyp PAOUGhn MO CTISIN LOM tee. tities e Skis osteo wie ae cisve Sibel ciorels ts 15

V. Descriptions of some new Species of Agaristide. By HERBERT

DOI LGIUES KS ae oe Se ROR CTRERREE. «ENDL aC aR ao enn re a ge 21

VI. Descriptions of Two more new Species of Butterflies from New

Britain, in the Collection of Mr. Grose Smith, captured by Captains

Cayley Webster and Cotton. By H. Grosr SmirH.............. 25

VII. On Parthenogenesis in Spiders. By N. Damin .......... 26

VIII. On a Medusa observed by Dr. Tautain in the River Niger

at Bamakou (French Soudan). By M. JuLEs DE GUERNE........ 29

IX. On the Development of the Fins of Teleosts. By Ross Gran-

Sapo SRU OL VAM RIS OM MEMES alah oiatsko S cists Wi ciate Alciaiaie oos'> ayaistcnashe sckelae ethers 34

X. On the Habits of the Amphictentde. By Arnotp T. Watson. 43

XI. Descriptions of One new Genus and Six new Species of

Hymenoptera Terebrantia from Queensland. By W. F. Kirpy,

F.LS., F.ES., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum

(Natural History), South Kensington .................. hes ise os 45

XII. On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes of Porifera. By

ArtHur T. Mastrerman, B.A., Assistant-Professor of Natural

iisiony, University Of St. Andrews...) 000.2628. cee ee ee tae cine 48

iv CONTENTS.

Page

XII. A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago. By

James WaLKER.—With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B. SHarps,

G. A. Bouteneer, E. A. Smiru, R. I. Pocock, C. 0. WaTrERHOUSE,

CAI sGanan, W. i> Kirpy andeh AS birRone ns oe ee eae eae 49

Descriptions of a new Genus and two new Species of African Fresh-

water Crabs, by Mary J. Rathbun; The Dipterous Parasites

(Sarcophagide) of Locusts.—Apteny and Parasitic Sterilization,

by M. J. Kinckel d’Herculais ; The Distribution of Cuccide, by

T. D. A. Cockerell, Las Cruces, New Mexico ............ ie

NUMBER LXXX.

XIV. On the Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. By

GOAL BOULENGER, WARS. +. tame ss ns eis oonsaw s omsie hemes 81

XV. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of South-African Terres-

trial Mollusca. By JAmes Cosmo Me tvit, M.A., F.L.S.,and JoHn

HENRY PONSONBY, (E-Zi8. (Ee laten:))| he Sonee eee eee ee eee eee 90

XVI. Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Mexico

and Central America. By F. D. GopMAN and O.SaLvIN ........ 95

XVII. A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago. By

James WALKER.—With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B. SaHarps,

G. A. BouLtenerr, E. A. Sirs, R. I. Pocock, C. O. Watxer-

HOUSE, C. J. GaHan, W. F. Kirpy, and F. A. HERON .......... 98

XVIII. Notes on a Small Collection of Odonata &c. from Upper

Burma, with the Description of a new Species. By W. F. Kirsy,

F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Mu-

send hse Teds PEs See eat CRA eee eee lil

XIX. Description of a new Species of Nemertine. By J. C.

SUMNER, Royal’ College of Scienes!. 25 ssc ee see < eee so a4

XX. Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Costa Rica. By

C. J. Gawan, M.A., Assistant in Zoological Department, British

MVE US UII 75 3 dn where ele re la es deel 0 ete ete tenets et ieee ate en ele ae talfeleate oe 115

XXI. Notes on the Thelyphonide contained in the Collection of

the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

(Natural History). 0 (Plate le) ete eteetetera eters st 31 ere 120

XXII. New Species of Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia

Hills. By Col. C; Swinson, MAC PS... .... sae ee 135

XXUI. Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. By H. M. Ber-

NARD, M.A. Cantab. (Huxley Laboratory, Royal College of Science,

SOUL enBINETON)) ./.40 5 — cle cisveten ye eleie eye = «ie ie 2st 149

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..........ccceeeeeeens 155, 154

The Ornithological Writings of Victor Lopez Seoane, by C. Davies

Sherborn ; On Bees and Honeysuckles, by Thomas Meehan. 154, 155

CONTENTS. vi

NUMBER LXXXI.

Page

XXIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C., F. Oldham, R.N.—Series IL,

No, 10, Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Bay or Bengal

and the Arabian Sea. By Epa@ar A, SMITH. (Plates IIL.-V.).... 157

XXV. On new Species of Histeride. By G. Lewis, F.LS. .... 174

XXVI. On Micoureus griseus, Desm., with the Description of a

new Genus and Species of Didelphyide. By Ouprietp THomas .. 184

XXVII. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under

the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. XLV. By Prof. M‘inrosu,

M.D., LL,D,, F.B.S,, &e,

XXVIII. Description of a new Siluroid Fish from Burma. By

SEPA MISO RIGMN GISELE bas, 4 nlaletety «chars < alscla's as =-eielatasipveveset etal le stele 196

XXIX. New Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. By Col. C.

SLITTE OTe 1) sO Ol PS HRer ei Ri I ek oak I Sere 197

XXX. Development of the Lungs of Spiders. By Orvitxe L.

Srmmons. (Plate VI.) ; 210

XXXI. Descriptions of some new Species of Prionide. By C. J.

Gauan, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History) 221

XXXII. Description of a new Species of Dragonfly (Dythemis

Broadwayi) from Trinidad. By W. F. Kirpy, F.LS., F.EAS.,

Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural

History), South Kensington

Proceedings of the Geological Society

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the

Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 4. On the Gomphodontia, by

H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.; The Transformation of the Aortic Arches

in the Frog, by M. is Jourdain ; Branchiate Pulmonates, by

MoE alle les ricar sac}... ke sya sje wales Soe dnsttelorrste doe 231236

NUMBER LXXXIl.

XXXIJI. On the Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archi-

pelago, with Observations on the Fauna of Freshwater in General.

Reapers SMA. WV BGR We refaie ets. caVo diva le sale ain so tities slelals vies sob Ee 237

XXXIV. On Recent Contributions to the Classification of the

Lepidoptera by Prof. J. H. Comstock and Dr. T. A. Chapman. By

MG eeEKELELAMPSON: (ists unieh nv ies vain weet eg Rata b gia wear toler ob a eleRheyehe 254

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXXV. On some Small Collections of Odonata (Dragonflies)

recently received from the West Indies. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S.,

F.ES., Assistant in Zoologicat Department, British Museum ...... 261

XXXVI. A List of the Bornean Species of the Genus Opistho-

stoma, and Descriptions of Four new Species. By EpGar A. Smiru. 269

XXXVII. Notes on the Pedipalpi of the Family Tarantulide con-

tained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I. Pococx, of

the British Museum (Natural History). (Plates VIL. & VIII.) .... 273

XXXVIII. Abnormal Variability in the Antennal Characters of

Cosmophila erosa, Hubn. By ArntrHuR G. BUTLER, Ph.D. &c. .... 298

XXXIX. Description of a new Species of Vespertilio from China.

ByLOLDFVELD (PHOMAS. ..) 0.44 vie ods adaivisty ed daldlcietioice cis oisls iene 300

XL. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By

Captain: TaOs-:EROUN «acne neler cinco oral onieieiela eet eee 502

A new instance of Commensalism: Association of Worms of the

Genus Aspidosiphon with Madr2porarian Polyps and a Bivalve

Mollusk, by M. E.-L. Bouvier; The Poison-Gland of Chilopod

Myriapoda; by: M.O.-Duboseq \.:.). .:s-s01s/.0:. sie eloe se seme 312, 315

NUMBER LXXXIiII.

XLI. On Luskelesaurus Brownii (Huxley). By H. G. Srerey,

10 Shs See Seen AACE Ems Member gcc jects sa. 317

XLII. Coccoliths. By Ernest H. L. Scuwanz, A.R.C.S. (From

the Geological Research Laboratory, Royal College of Science.).... 341

XLIII. Descriptions of some new Neotropical Muride. By Oxp-

FIELD THOMAS .......-++-- Beat eda fale iokatefictatotaieta sin alsteeret eet 346

XLIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N.—Series jE

No. 10. Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal

and the Arabian Sea.—Appendix. By Epaar A. SMITH ........ 366

XLV. Notes on Paleozoic Fishes—No. I. By R. H. Traquvarr,

Map 0D. ERS... «(Plated Xa) i oye trees enn 2 ol ee 368

XLVI. On the Genus Phryniscus of Wiegmann. By G. A.

IBOULENGER SH EUS. -5 . ins/s sieicin aia edeseierale te a> Bie oleh Rene eters 374

XLVI. Description of a new Anolis from Antigua, West Indies.

By G, A. BouULENGER, F.RS, . 1... ee ee ee eee aon cntats wiviel ue lenietels 375

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

XLVIII. On Two new Species of Agamoid Lizards from the

Hadramut, South-eastern Arabia. By Joun AnprErson, M.D.,

LES ISS" 556 ce c aCB es eae ne Rensfere dere hctatata ah serena seca 376

XLIX. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By

Cxpcain THOS! BROUN <2i2 icon ressasasesssreesriaseastecveles is

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the

Fossil Reptilia——Part IX. Section 5. On the Cynodontia, by

H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.; The Faunal Regions of Australia, by

C. Hedley, F.L.S.; Note on a Species ‘of Eubolina six times

described by W alker, by A. G. Butler, Ph.D. &c.; Description

of a new Australian Snake, by J. Douglas Ogilby <:2... 387—392

NUMBER LXXXIV.,

L. Additions to the Cryptozoic Fauna of New Zealand. By

ArtHurR Denpy, D.Sc., Professor of Biology in the Canterbury

College, Univ ersity Giv Neweicalanidy tye. cye tine cl sts ares sates ete 393

LI. Dimorphism in the Meholkne and in other Foraminifera. By

peti bee ky PRE Ta ONES, ek Sa5 Fy Grse 2: co\s,a eke cje a sce elle els ounolevs e's 401

LIZ. On some new Longicorn Coleoptera obtained by Mr. Th.

Greenheld im: Somali. By C.J.Gawan, MiA. 5... 666 e0 ces eee oe 407

LIII. On Hortalotarsus skirtopodus, anew Saurischian Fossil from

Barkly East, Cape Colony. By H. G. Srrerzy, F.R.S. .......... 41]

LIV. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By

Capra leONMEROUN a,c ccccescccinns ec tar ee te cet aece sgh os 419

LV. New Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. By Col. C. Swryuor,

NER ANC pH Se Wot Nala aye, ais)o) + siias © aini'cje lel cshelloXeharetataus) «/6/cie'e elelsigiigys + 29

LVI. On some Fish-remains, of the Genera Portheus and Clado-

cyclus, from the Rolling Downs Formation (Lower Cretaceous) of

Queensland. By A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.L.S. (Plate X.)...... 444

LVII. On Two new Species of Tenebrionid Coleoptera from

amos island. By G. C:. CHAMPION, E-ZiS2. 00.002. cee ccs ss eces 448

LVIII. A Preliminary Revision of the Bornean Species of the

cause Mass by Orprier Dr UHOMAS iy cccsnce cscs cotsnse ete eba 449

LIX. Descriptions of Two new Bats of the Genus Kerivoula. By

Mie RAO HOMAN sos oie sas coe Sead oe wicen selec ace veidies dee 460

Viil CONTENTS.

Page

LX. Descriptions of a new Lizard and a new Fish obtained in

Formosa by Mr. Holst. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S........... 462

New Book :—Eléments de Paléontologie, par Féirx BERNarD, D. és

SCL CC) a'aeia.aleig'e ws alee glare feckie’y qletaebe croak eee rere EVE) Vet 463

The Dates of Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ by C. Davies Sherborn ;

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of

the Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 6. Associated Remains of

two small Specimens from Klipfontein, Fraserburg, by H. G.

Seeley, F.R.S.; Note on the Japanese Species of Cistehde and

CLARON UA ye ote Ned iets toys ee leo ue ara a eee eres 464—466

PLATES IN VOL. XIV.

Puate I, New South-African Mollusca.

II. New Thelyphonide.

106

IV.+} New Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal.

VE

VI. Development of the Lungs of Spiders.

VU. New Tarantulidee.

VIIL.S

IX. New Paleozoic Fishes.

X. Fish-remains of the Genera Portheus and Cladocyclus.

THEVANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

Con coseecosnhacecaco per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, De pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl, 1.

No. 79. JULY 1894.

I.—On Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitzinger, and Lepidosiren

articulata, sp. n., from Paraguay. By E. Envers*,

In November 1893 Dr. J. Bohls had already reported to me

from Ascension the discovery of Lepidosiren, and it is to his

kindness that I am indebted for the opportunity of being able

to scrutinize a considerable number of this fish, which is rare

in our collections, and to submit some specimens of it to

examination. In the following pages I give a provisional

account of the observations which I have made in so doing,

reserving to myself the right of making a further communi-

. . to) . . . .

cation on the completion of the investigations which have

been commenced f.

* Translated from the ‘Nachrichten der k. Gesellschaft der Wissen-

schaften zu Gottingen,’ 1894, no. 2: from an advance copy. The paper

was submitted at a meeting of the Society held March 10, 1894.

+ A synopsis of the literature on the subject of Lepidosiren paradova,

Fitz., has been given by G. Baur (“Ueber Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitz-

inger,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. ii. 1887, p. 575). I may supplement this

by pointing out that, in the list of papers furnished by this author, the

titles given under the numbers 18 and 19 belong to one and the same

memoir; they are the general and special titles of a paper by Castelnau

which was not accessible to Baur.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. ft

2 Prof. E. Ehlers on Lepidosiren paradoxa and

Since Dr. Bohls obtained his specimens from the neighbour-

hood of the River Paraguay, while the few which were

collected by Natterer and Castelnau came from the region

which is watered by the tributaries of the Amazon, it was

impossible to overlook the question whether the fish produced

by Dr. Bohls are identical with those obtained in Brazil. In

order to decide this point, on the one hand I had at my

disposal thirty specimens of the fish from Paraguay, while

on the other I could only fall back upon the papers of Natterer,

Bischoff, Hyrtl, and Castelnau.

That the animals submitted to me belong to the genus

Lepidosiren is at once rendered sufficiently clear by their

general outward appearance ; the picture of the entire creature

supplied by the existing figures of Natterer, Bischoff, and

Castelnau proved this beyond doubt. In length alone the

specimens before me fell short of those described by Natterer,

who records this dimension as 3 feet and 9 lines; the largest

of the fish which I measured was 72 centim. long. I was,

however, informed by Dr. Bohls that, owing to the difficulties

which had to be faced in connexion with the preservation and

transport of the specimens, he found it impossible to bring

away the large fish. The largest individuals that he saw

were somewhat over 1 metre in length, and were all females ;

the largest male was 92 centim. long. Dr. Bohls mentioned

that the living fish are much darker than the preserved speci-

mens ; they are almost black, and in consequence of a thick

coating of slime are as slippery as eels.

On going into details it 1s soon found that the animals

before me present individual differences. The larger portion

of them, twenty-seven specimens in all, exhibit peculiarities

which are not mentioned by any one of the describers of

Lepidosiren paradoxa, and which render it probable that the

Jatter fish is not identical with those before me; I consider

these to be representatives of a species hitherto unde-

scribed, and which I designate Lepidosiren articulata, Five

other specimens, on the other hand, exhibit a structure

which entirely corresponds with the description of Lepidostren

paradoxa given by Natterer, Bischoff, and Castelnau, to

which species I consequently refer them. In accordance

with Giinther’s explanation, I regard the species L. dis-

similis, created by Castelnau, as identical with Lepidosiren

paradowva,

1 will next proceed to give the dimensions of two males of

almost equal size belonging to the two species :—

OO a

Lepidosiren articulata from Paraguay. 3

L. articulata, L. paradoxa.

centim, centim.

SGP ONMLCHI DD icsis os o's) cicitlee'e sinless a 030 57 575

Distance of the anus from the tip of the

BRUINS sito niait Tbs cielia ere Giocates a, Soe wish 401 40

Distance of the anterior margin of the

eye from the tip of the snout...... 21 15

Distance of the posterior angle of the

mouth from the tip of the snout .. 25 15

Distance of the branchial aperture from

[HAVENGL Wale Bot eh Gee ales Beto OE Choe 6:5 53

Internal distance between the eyes .... -2°4 2-05

Miameterot the eyes i t.j.00 =< sclees 9 3 i)

Height of the branchial aperture ...... 1 8

Length of the anterior extremity ...... 2°6 ol

Height of the base of the anterior ex-

PLOMUGYS 5 tia ofsiaph o <i AFG) «(<i pos Salah a) a 4 “2

Thickness of the base of the anterior

CRMLCENERY oR eiaiste Sitie oie verse As vtec 2 oi

Length of the posterior extremity .... 3° 49

Height of the base of the posterior ex-

ATOPY, ai ite ep Marty. tdi toiacd, Avapayti-s 8 a)

Thickness of the base of the posterior

CRULOMAUDY wre rosa cre foie ayale slaese,era ese 9 3

Length of the anal aperture .......... 6 6

Circumference behind the anterior ex-

BREMIUL Veet e of elet-tele. = dSlele a's: hae 5a 155 14

Circumference in front of the posterior

EXULEUMUY cei. hsp stds mss hss 3.5 ahs 16 14

In the above figures, which have a merely conditional

value, differences are seen which are distinctly expressed in

the general appearance of the animals. The fact that Z. ar-

ticulata appears somewhat thicker than L. paradoxa may be

due to differences in the state of nourishment or preservation,

and is to be disregarded for the present. ‘he differences in

the head and in the appendages, on the other hand, are inde-

pendent of this. ‘The portion of the head forming the snout

is shorter in Lepidostren paradoxa, and is more decidedly

conical than in the case of L. articulata; the distance of the

eye and of the posterior angle of the mouth from the tip of

the snout is smaller in the former than in the latter; in

Lepidosiren paradoxa the posterior circumference of the eye

lies almost above the posterior angle of the mouth, while in

L. articulata it lies somewhat in front of it. A line drawn

from the anterior circumference of the eye horizontally

towards the margin of the snout meets this in the case of

L. paradoxa at the sloping lateral portion, and is equal in

length to four times the diameter of the eye, while in Z. ar-

ticulata it impinges upon the broad anterior margin of the

snout and is six times as long as the diameter of the eye.

Owing to the greater distance of the branchial aperture from

1®

4 Prof. E. Ehlers on Lepidosiren paradoxa and

the tip of the snout, the entire cephalic portion of L. articulata

appears longer than that of L. paradoxva. The occipital

region in the latter is more strongly arched than in ZL. articu-

lata; the profile of L. paradoxa consequently makes a more

marked descent towards the tip of the snout than does that of

L. articulata, whereby the head of Lepidostren paradoxa

acquires the sharper conical form which is seen in the figures

of Natterer, Bischoff, and Castelnau. This is especially

evident if the heads of the two fishes are compared together

when looked at from above. Lepidosiren paradoxa then

appears to have a pointed snout, since the portion of the head

lying in front of a line connecting the eyes is sharply conical,

while the less narrowed snout of Z. articulata is bluntly

rounded. These differences in the shape of the head, which

are occasioned by the conditions of the skeletal parts, are

accordingly to be regarded as constant.

The measurements quoted above show a difference between

the two species in the size of the extremities, the posterior of

which exhibits a sexual dimorphism in each case. But no

great value is to be attributed to these differences, since the

size of the extremities appears to vary, and is influenced by

injuries which afterwards heal up. The extremities of

Lepidosiren paradoxa are in general longer and more slender

than those of LZ. articulata; in both species the posterior

appendage is stronger than the anterior, and in it the difference

between the two species is especially evident, since in ZL. ar-

ticulata it is generally stouter than in Lepidostren paradoxa,

in which it is of a slender conical shape. The anterior extre-

mities of Lepidosiren aiticulata were generally flattened and

furnished with a slight marginal border. This was not so

strongly marked in those of Lepidosiren paradoxa. The

posterior extremities of the males of L. articulata are longer

and thicker than in the females of the same species, and also

are probably thicker than those of L. paradoxa. What

is more striking than anything else, however, is that while

in the females of L. articulata the posterior extremities are

perfectly smooth, as they are also represented in the figures

of the temale of Lepidosiren paradoxa, in the case of the male

animals these appendages bear upon the median and dorsal

region a thick growth of close-packed pale-coloured papilla,

ot a flattened leaf-shaped form, which are set in tufts upon a

common base. ‘These papille were most strongly developed

in the largest specimens, where they formed a thick brush-

like coat, which, with the exception of a short basal area,

extended over the entire length of the appendage. In other

specimens only a median portion of the extremity was

—EE——

Lepidosiren articulata from Paraguay. 5

covered by the papille, and in smaller examples I found that

merely a low fringe of them was present. ‘The male Lepido-

stren paradoca likewise exhibits these structures, which vary

in the extent to which they are developed, just as in Lepido-

stren articulata; the leaf-like form of the papilla, however,

is not so pronounced, and they are more filiform in shape.

Since no mention is made of a similar equipment in the case

of the posterior appendage of the female of Lepidosiren para-

doxa, which was previously examined, we are probably justi-

fied in taking it for granted that in the case of this species

also a sexual character is herein displayed.

The unpaired fin-membranes agree in the two species, and

are disposed in the manner previously recorded for Lepido-

siren paradoxa.

The distance of the anus from the tip of the snout is nearly

the same in the examples measured; the position of the anus,

on the contrary, is strikingly variable. Bischoff and Castelnau

figure it as situated upon the left side of the body to the side

of the median plane. In the animals before me the anus

occupies this position in the case of eleven males of Lepido-

siren articulata, while in twelve males and two females it

lies upon the right half of the body. In their figures of

Lepidosiren paradoxa, Natterer, Bischoff, and Castelnau show

the anus upon the left side of the body in the female, while I

met with it lying on the left in three males, and in two

others, on the contrary, on the right. The position of the anal

opening is consequently variable, and is not to be regarded

as of any value for the purposes of specific diagnosis, nor

probably even as a sexual character.

The epidermis of the two species shows a difference which

appears to me to be characteristic. In Lepidosiren paradoxa

the coat of scales is distinctly visible, and upon the head can

be traced right towards the front; it is remarkable that in the

cephalic region the edges of the scales are directed ante-

riorly, as has, moreover, been represented by Natterer; towards

the ventral side the scales diminish in size. In Lepidosiren

articulata the coat of scales is covered, and to an equal degree

in the two sexes, by a very much stouter epidermis than in

Lepidosiren paradoxa; the outlines of the individual scales

are consequently very much less distinct ; corresponding with

the coat of scales the surface of the trunk is covered with

more or less regularly intersecting furrows and wrinkles,

while the head and also the tail, as well as the unpaired fin-

membrane, are perfectly smooth. Specimens were never-

theless met with in which the surface of the body was smooth

almost throughout. I should be inclined to regard this

6 Prof. E. Ehlers on Lepidosiren paradoxa and

difference as not being specific, but as one rather to be

ascribed to conditions of preservation, if all five specimens of

Lepidosiren paradoxa had not therein presented a striking

contrast to the remaining examples of Lepidostren ar ticulata.

The colour of Lepidosiren articulata is for the most part a

uniform slate-grey; in the case of Lepidostren paradoxa,

especially in the anterior region, and particularly upon the

ventral surface, a spotted appearance is noticeable, since

the marginal portions of the scales are darker than their

centres. I have also seen similar markings upon one speci-

men of Lepidosiren articulata which displayed dark spots

arranged in rows upon the ventral surface. ‘The specimen of

Lepidosiren paradoxa dissected by Hyrtl was similarly

marked.

In the examples of Lepidosiren paradoxa before me the

system of the lateral lines is not distinctly recognizable ; it is

so much the better to be seen in a female Lepidosiren articu-

lata. Upon the trunk two lateral lines are present, both of

which run from the head to beyond the anus on to the

tail, while the lower one is continued for more than half

the length of the latter. The tpper line hes approximately

upon the lower mar gin of the upper fourth, the lower one

upon the upper margin of the lower fourth of the total height

of the fish ; the upper line is situated in some specimens in a

sunken groove. Hach line is frequently interrupted and

composed of sometimes longer, sometimes shorter, portions.

From each line there arise at right angles and at equal

distances one behind the other, which seem to me to correspond

to the metamerism of the trunk, short lateral branches, which

run towards the dorsal and ventral median lines, while part

of them also exhibit short processes which pass across the

main stem in the opposite direction ; on the right side of the

body I counted nine such lateral branches on the lower line,

and on the upper one only eight; on the left side of the body

they were much less distinctly visible. The system of lines

upon the head corresponds in its general features to what is

represented in the existing figures of Lepidosiren paradoxa ;

the description of the details of its arrangement must be

reserved until a future occasion, when it will be accompanied

by illustrations. I distinguish an opercular arch, with which

the lower lateral line inosculates, and the curve of which

extends backwards to the level of the branchial cleft; a

mandibular arch, which runs close beneath the margin of

the lower jaw, embracing the angle of the mouth; and an

orbito-nasal arch, which is in connexion with the superior

lateral line, surrounds the eye with a tortuous line above and

Lepidosiren articulata from Paraguay. y

below, and terminates in an anteriorly-directed curve upon

the front end of the nasal sac. All of these lines are more or

less interrupted. In the centre of the occipital region short

transverse lines are seen running at nearly equal distances

one behind the other. In each portion of the lateral lines

there can be seen with the aid of a lens small white flecks

equidistant one from another upon a dark ground; these are

manifestly the nerve-end-structures. The scales which lie

upon the lateral lines are not perforated; the line runs in the

anterior portion of the integument, from which the free part

of the scale penetrates inwards.

A difference between the two species, which is probably of

importance, is presented by the anterior olfactory apertures.

In the existing figures showing these in Lepidostren paradoxa

they are represented as transversely oval openings lying close

together. This agrees with the condition which I find in the

fish considered by me to belong to this species. In Lepido-

siren articulata, on the contrary, the anterior nasal apertures

are separated by a triangular process, which runs between

them from the margin of the upper lip into the cavity of the

mouth; the nasal aperture is circular, and at its anterior

margin there is situated a conical papilla. However, I also

find a flat papilla in the case of Lepidosiren paradoxa,

The skull of Lepidostiren articulata exhibits but trifling

deviations from the figures given by Bischoff and Hyrtl. I

shail give a representation of it later on. ‘he five carti-

laginous branchial arches lie freely on.each side in the

cesophageal wall, without being connected one with another

by means of a copula or being joined to the skull; this con-

firms the statements of Hyrtl with regard to the branchial

arches of Lepidosiren paradoxa.

The vertebral column of Lepidositren articulata possesses

fifty-five pairs of ribs, which agrees with the number given

by Bischoff for Lepidosiren paradoxa. ‘The end of the

vertebral column runs out into a point, with uniform reduction

of all parts to form the monocercal tail. The figure which

Bischoff has given of the termination of the caudal vertebral

column of Lepidosiren paradoxa was very probably derived

from an animal which had lost and incompletely regenerated

the tip of its tail; in this manner the abrupt termination of the

posterior end of the notochord there represented is explained.

‘The results obtaimed from the study of the skeleton of the

limbs are of special importance. The arches in both of the

species before me correspond to the figures given of them in

the case of Lepidosiren paradoxa. In the specimens which

I assign to this species the skeleton of the appendages is like-

8 On Lepidosiren articulata and Lepidosiren paradoxa.

wise a simple unsegmented cartilaginous rod. In Lepidosiren

articulata, on the other hand, this portion of the skeleton is

distinctly segmented, and that, too, in the case of the anterior

as well as the posterior limb; the segments are largest in the

basal part, and diminish in size towards the tip. In the case

of the male of this species the basal segment in the posterior

limb is strikingly enlarged and slightly bent; the terminal

joints which succeed it are small, and, taken together, convey

the impression of a jointed ray situated upon a larger basal

segment. This peculiar condition must, however, be tested

by the examination of a larger series of specimens, since in

the individual instance in question the structure may be due

to an injury which has afterwards healed.

With regard to the internal organization, I am at present

only able to state that the faveolate connective tissue figured

by Hyrtl as existing in the anterior portion of the body occurs

at a similar spot in Lepidosiren articulata, but is also found

in the posterior region outside the peritoneum. I am inclined

to suspect that the tissue in question constitutes lymphatic sacs.

The appearance of the organs lying in the body-cavity of

the female of Lepidosiren articulata does not seem to me to

agree with the figure given by Hyrtl. The ovaries, which

are apparently metamerically constricted, are enveloped longi-

tudinally in a fold of yellow fat, and thus remind the observer

of the similarly situated testes of the male animal. The

difference between what I have observed and Hyrtl’s repre-

sentation is, however, probably a physiological one. It is to

be presumed that the specimen dissected by the distinguished

Viennese anatomist was a female at the period of complete

sexual maturity, in which the fatty masses had disappeared,

while the animal which I opened possessed ovaries which

were far from being mature, but had stored-up masses of fat

instead.

For the present we arrive at the following diagnoses for

the two species :—

Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitz.

Coat of scales distinct; snout conical; nasal apertures

transversely oval; limbs with unsegmented cartilaginous axis.

Lepidosiren articulata, sp. n.

Coat of scales more or less concealed by thick epidermis ;

head and snout longer than in L. paradoxa, bluntly rounded

off in front; nasal apertures circular, with conical papilla;

limbs with segmented cartilaginous axis.

On Scarabeeidee in the British Museum. 9

TI.—Scarabeide in the British Museum.—A Sixth

Contribution. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE.

Onitis inuus, Fabr.

Fabricius described two species by the name Scarabeus

sphinx, and to the earlier of these he afterwards gave the

name inuus. Harold, in the Munich Catalogue, has retained

the name sphinx, placing ¢nuus as a synonym, and has been

followed in this by M. Lansberge, in his “f Monograph” (Ann.

Soc. Ent. Belg. xviii. p. 89). The types (¢ ?) of this earlier

species are in the Banksian collection under the name cnuus,

and from the figures given by Olivier I feel sure that these

specimens are those from which the drawings were made.

he male is not the species described as sphinx by Lansberge,

as there is no trace of the spine behind the anterior femora.

It has the uniform bronzy-green colour of O. shoénsis, Reiche.

The elytra are moderately strongly crenate-striate, with no

crenulation within the marginal carina. ‘The clypeal ridge is

very short and is a trifle nearer to the frontal ridge than to

the anterior margin ; the clypeus itself is rather finely punc-

tured, and is not granular as in many allied species. The

thorax is strongly punctured, but has a smooth median line.

The anterior femora have a small tooth (emarginate at its

apex) below on the anterior margin beyond the middle. The

anterior tibie are quadridentate, and have five tubercles

below. The intermediate femora are unarmed. The poste-

rior femora have a strong, triangular, acute-pointed tooth

beyond the middle. The metasternum is nearly smooth and

is not channelled.

The only specimen in the Museum collection which agrees

well with the type is one from Lake Nyassa ; this differs from

the type only in having some slight crenulations within the

lateral carina of the elytra near the apex; but this is much

less on one side than on the other, and no doubt is a variable

character.

The type female of O. inuwus is quite a different species,

and, as will be seen from Olivier’s figure, is pubescent below.

This I have determined from Lansberge’s Monograph to be

O. confusus, Bohem., ?.

Onthophagus crassus, Sharp.

Dr. Sharp describes this species from Laos and Cambodia,

and throws doubt on the habitat “ Java” borne by the De-

jeanian example. The British Museum Collection has two

specimens of this species from Java.

10 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Scarabeeidie

Onthophagus quadripustulatus, Fabr.

The Fabrician type of this species is in the Banksian

collection in the British Museum ; it is 4 millim. long, very

shining black, with four red spots on the elytra; the head

has two slight oblique tubercles on the vertex and a fine

transverse scarcely raised frontal line, the space between these

very delicately and obscurely punctured ; the thorax is very

convex, very finely punctured, the punctures separated from

each other by about three diameters of a puncture; the elytra

are very distinctly punctured, the punctures in the striz

rather large and separated from each other by about a diameter

and a half.

A specimen of this species has just been received from

North-west Australia, collected by Mr. J. J. Walker. A

female example, also from North-west Australia, differs from

the male in having the thorax a trifle more distinctly punc-

tured ; the tubercles on the vertex of the head are less raised

and are transverse ; the frontal line is more raised, and there

is a very slight tubercle behind this.

O. rubrimaculatus, M‘L., is a much larger insect, ‘‘ 24 lines

long,” trom East Australia, and, if the Museum specimens

are correctly named, has rather dull elytra.

Another species closely resembling the true O. quadri-

pustulatus occurs at Port Bowen. It is not quite so short as

that species, the thorax is not quite so broad and has the

punctures more separated, the space between the ridges on

the head is distinctly punctured, and the sides of the thorax

are beset with short hairs. I propose to cali this

Onthophagus Fabricit, sp. n.

Niger, nitidissimus; capite cupreo-zneo tincto, clypeo leviter emar-

ginato crebre sat rugoso-punctato, carina antica recta, postica

retrorsum angulata ; thorace subtiliter minus crebre punctulato,

marginibus parce setosis ; elytris distincte striatis, striis evidenter

punctatis, interstitiis leviter convexis levibus, macula humerali,

marginibus, maculaque apicali rufis, femoribus piceo-rutis.

Hab. East Australia, Port Bowen.

Onthophagus declivis, Harold.

Onthophagus declivis, Harold, Col. Hefte, v. p. 85.

This species was described by Harold in 1869. In 1871

Mr. M‘Leay described O. desectus (Tr. Ent. Soc. N. 8. W.

ii. p. 182). In 1872 Harold (Col. Hefte, x. p. 210) refers

O. desectus to O. declivis, but gives no reason for this deter-

in the British Museum. 1G |

mination; and I think this synonymy must be received with

caution. Harold describes declivis as having dull elytra ;

M‘Leay describes desectus as “nitid,” the elytra-as smooth,

and I think it very possible that his species may be distinct

from O. declivis; at any rate, there are in the Museum

collection two closely allied species which differ in one having

dull and the other shining elytra, as well as in the sculpture

of the thorax, &c.

Onthophagus rupicapra, sp. ni.

Ater, opacus, convexus: thorace granulis nitidis crebre sparsis ;

elytris striatis, striis bene impressis subtilissime discrete punctu-

latis, interstitiis convexis, subtiliter parce punctulatis, punctis

setigeris ; pygidio parce obsolete punctulato.

d. Capite nitido, granuloso, clypeo medio triangulariter inciso,

sub-bidentato, utrinque obtuse angulato ; vertice cornibus duobus

sat gracilibus (ad basin non conjunctis) acuminatis, vix divaricatis,

ad apicem retrorsum curyatis; thorace antice declivi, flavo-

testaceo-piloso, parte elevata medio longitudinaliter leviter

suleata, antice tuberculis duobus parvis obtusis instructa.

Long. 9 lin.

Hab. Swan River.

I place this species near O. adelaide, Hope. It is a

somewhat singular species on account of the rather long

slender horns, which are curved backwards over the thorax.

The thorax has its basal part much raised, and the front

declivous part is clothed with rather long soft pubescence.

The minute shining granules are rather close together in the

front part, but almost disappear on each side of the base.

Onthophagus Duboulay?, sp. n.

Obscure purpureo-cupreus, sat opacus; clypeo medio triangulariter

inciso, sub-bidentato, utrinque obtuse angulato; thorace sat

crebre sat fortiter punctato ; elytris nitido-striatis, striis discrete

subtiliter punctatis, interstitils parum convexis parce subtiliter

punctatis.

¢. Capite nitido, antice crebre subtiliter punctulato, postice sub-

levi, vertice cornibus duobus erectis (ad basin non conjunctis)

: linearibus, sat distantibus, paullo divaricatis, ad apicem paullo

introrsum curvatis; thorace postice bene convexo, medio leviter

obtuse suleato, antice declivi subnitido, subtiliter punctulato,

utrinque lwevissime late impresso.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab, West Australia (Du Boulay).

Allied to O. adelaide. The horns on the head are of

hearly equal thickness throughout and blunt at the apex;

12 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

they are widely separated at their base. The punctures in

the strize of the elytra are small and widely separated from

each other.

Onthophagus nanus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, sat depressus, niger, opacus, subtus purpureo tinctus

nitidus; capite crebre punctato, clypeo sat late triangulariter

emarginato; thorace confertim sat fortiter punctato, equali, sub-

nitido; elytris evidenter striatis, striis nitidis parce subtiliter

punctulatis, interstitiis suturalibus parum conyvexis obsolete sub-

tilissime punctulatis, lateralibus nitidis punctatis ; tarsis piceis.

g. Capite nitido, cuprescenti, vertice carina bene elevata apice

arcuatim emarginata, clypeo subtiliter punctulato.

Q. Capite minus nitido, vertice carina parum elevata retrorsum

angulata, clypeo carina fere recta, clypeo creberrime sat fortiter

punctato.

Long. 23-23 lin.

Hab, Fast Australia, Sydney.

Somewhat the appearance of the European O. ovatus, but

with the thorax much more closely and rather more strongly

punctured ; rather more convex, with scarcely any trace of

longitudinal impression. The elytra are dull; the first and

second interstices are nearly flat, with a few indistinct punc-

tures; the third has a slightly raised central line, which is

punctured, and each of the following interstices has this line

more distinct, more shining, and more punctured, until the

lateral interstice is entirely shining, convex, and closely and

rather strongly punctured.

The male has the clypeus rather closely and delicately

punctured, the forehead still more delicately punctured, the

ocular canthus more strongly punctured.

The female has two raised transverse lines, the one on the

vertex angulated; the punctuation is much stronger than in

the male and more uniform.

A single specimen, which is probably an undeveloped male,

has the punctuation of the head as in the female; the carina

on the vertex is also like that of the female, but there is no

anterior raised line.

III.— Two new Coccide from the Arid Region of North

America. By T. D. A. COCKERELL, Entomologist to the

New Mexico (U.S. A.) Agricultural Experiment Station.

THE arid region of Western North America has not been

well explored for Coccide, but it is already known to support

Two new Coccide from North America. 13

about a dozen species of these insects found nowhere else.

Moreover, the only genus (Cerococcus, Comstock) considered

peculiar to the Nearctic Region comes from the arid portion

of it; while Yachardia, Prosopophora, and Lecaniodiaspis

are restricted to the arid portion so far as America north of

Mexico is concerned.

Last year I found in the State of Chihuahua, Mexico, a

peculiar Coccid, which I made the type of a new subgenus

(Ceroplastodes) of Fairmairia. It was then questionable

whether Ceroplastodes should not be considered a valid genus,

and I now propose so to regard it, having a new species refer-

able to it to announce. airmairia must be regarded as

monotypic and restricted to Europe.

Ceroplastodes dalee, sp. n.

Adult ¢.—Scales numerous on the twigs, snow-white,

3 millim. long, 23 wide, 2 (or slightly over) high, Glassy

but opaque, with posterior orifice as in C. niveus. Rough,

with strong prominences, irregularly placed, but running in

an antero-posterior direction. ‘he outline of the scale, as

seen from either end, may present six prominences, but this

is variable; the two dorsal ones are the largest. After boiling

in caustic soda the female is pale brownish ; the margin with

a few short, rather thick spines.

Tibia very little longer than tarsus; a little shorter than

tarsus+claw. ‘Tibia with three bristles near its distal end—

two on the inner side, one on the outer. ‘Tarsal knobbed

hairs rather stout, but with obscure knobs; extending as far

as end of claw. Claw large, moderately curved; digitules

small and ordinary.

Antenne seven-jointed: joint 2 shortest, then 6 and 7; 4

almost or quite as long as 4, 5 nearly as long as 4. Formula

3 (41) 5672, but one might almost as correctly write

(3415) 6 (72). Last joint rounded, with many short hairs.

Other specimens indicate some variation in the antenne ;

joint 7 may be a little longer than 6, 4 may be even a little

shorter than 5 and only about as long as broad.

Young elongate, not keeled, shiny, rugose, reddish brown,

longitudinally flattened, but transversely decidedly convex,

somewhat less than 1 millim. long.

These young individuals are observed on the leaves, mostly

stationary, but sometimes crawling.

Larve taken trom under the female scale are (in soda)

crimson, elongate; with distinct caudal tubercles, each

emitting two short bristles or hairs and the usual caudal seta,

14 On Two new Coccide from North America.

which is not quite so long as half the greatest diameter of the

larva. There are also six short bristles proceeding from the

region of the anus.

Antenne six-jointed: joint 2 shortest, 3 longest; 4,5, and

6 subequal, but of these 6 is a little the longer.

Hab. On Daleu formosa; this plant kindly identified for me

by Prof. E. O. Wooton. The scales were discovered on the

Little or Tortugas Mountain, in the Mesilla Valley, New

Mexico, on the occasion of a meeting of the New Mexico

Agricultural College Field Club, May 12th, 1894. Although

the plant is very common all over the mountain, I found the

scales only on two plants, but on these they abounded.

The species is entirely distinct from Ceroplastodes niveus,

though clearly congeneric with it.

Lecanium phoradendri, sp. n.

Adult ?.—Length 34 millim., breadth 34, height 1.

Almost exactly circular in outline, flattened, only moderately

convex, shiny, moderately wrinkled and pitted. So dark

brown as to seem black, varying to lighter brown, with a broad

dark brown ring and a dark brown

elongated central patch. Immature

specimens are greenish.

After boiling in soda the female @--|--~

appears brownish, with a conspicuous

broad pale margin; derim granulose ;

margin with few very small spines ;

lateral incisions with one large blunt

spine and a rudimentary one. Anal Sh ite ae

plates broad, together forming a cial oes alae

square. Lower lip two-jointed.

Coxa with a long hair; trochanter with a long hair.

Tarsal knobbed hairs ordinary, but unequal, one longer and

stouter than the other.

Claw small; digitules ordinary, well-knobbed, extending

beyond claw.

Antenne seven-jointed: joint 3 longest; 4 and 2 about

equal, or 4 perhaps a little the longer; 5, 6, and 7 subequal,

but 7 shortest; a false joint in distal half of 3; 2 and 4

each emitting a long hair on inner side. Last joint with

several hairs.

g scale.—Glassy, ordinary, 2 millim. long, 1 broad.

Hab. On Phoradendron, in Arizona; sent from Tucson,

Arizona, by Prof. J. W. Toumey. The scales are abundant

both on the leaves and stems in the specimen sent.

On Odonata from Queensland. bes,

This makes the third Coccid believed to be found on ly on

Loranthacex ; the others are Diaspis vise’, Schr., on Viscum,

in Europe, and Pulvinaria dendrophthore, Ckll., on Dendro-

phthora, in Jamaica,

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

May 1894.

1V.—On a Small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from

Queensland, with Descriptions of Five new Species. By

W. F. Kirsy, F.1.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological

Department, British Museum (Natural History), South

Kensington.

Tue British Museum has lately received one or two collections

of insects of various orders from Mr. Gilbert Turner, of

Mackay, Queensland, among which were twenty species of

dragonflies ; and as five of these appear to be new and others

- interesting from the locality or otherwise, I thought it might

be useful to publish a list of them.

Libellulidaz.

LIBELLULINA.

FPantala flavescens.

Libellula flavescens, Faby. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798).

An almost cosmopolitan species, found in all parts of the

world except Europe.

Tramea Rosenbergit.

Tramea Rosenbergu, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. p. 564

(1866).

The known localities are Ceram (Brauer), New Caledonia,

and Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).

Rhyothemis graphiptera.

Libellula graphiptera, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 45 (1842),

A common Australian species.

ELhyothemis chloé, sp. n.

Long. corp. 30 millim.; exp. al. 68 millim.; long. pter.

2 millim.

Female.—Body pale greenish bronze; head above and

16 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

behind, as well as the rhinarium, rather darker; the face

otherwise testaceous; legs inclining to rufous brown or

blackish.

Wings yellowish hyaline, pterostigma dark reddish brown ;

tips of all the wings beyond light brown, fore wings with

twelve or thirteen antenodal and eleven or twelve postnodal

cross-nervures ; sectors of the arculus just connected at their

base; triangle rather wide, with one or two cross-nervures,

followed by four or five rows of cells, decreasing and then in-

creasing ; two supra-triangular nervures ; subtriangular space

consisting of five to seven cells; the base and more or less of the

supra-triangular space and upper part of the triangle clouded

with brown; a large smoky-brown patch on the costa,

extending from just beyond the nodus over four cells on the

inner side of the nodus, and down to at least the upper sector

of the arculus. Hind wings with two large cupreous-brown

blotches at the base, separated by a narrow yellowish hyaline

band ; the upper one extends much beyond the triangle, and

on the costa is more or less continuous as far as the blotch on

the nodus, which nearly corresponds to that of the fore wings ;

the lower blotch is narrowly or not at all bordered outside

with hyaline, and extends nearly to the lower sector of the

triangle or further. In one specimen there is a dark spot on

the subnodal sector, halfway between the dark blotch on the

nodus and the clouded tip of the wings.

Hab. Mackay, Queensland.

Described from two female specimens.

Allied to R. amaryllis, Selys, but easily distinguished by

the large dark blotch on the nodus of both wings.

ERhyothemis princeps, sp. n.

Long. corp. 28-32 millim. ; exp. al. 52-64 millim.; long.

pter. 23 millim.

Head purplish above, face testaceous, rhinarium black,

labrum yellow ; thorax and abdomen black in the male, the

former with a slight greenish-coppery reflexion on the sides ;

in the female reddish, the incisions and last three joints of the

abdomen black; legs black.

Wings rather long and narrow, cupreous brown, iridescent,

darkest in the male, with a large vitreous spot on the costa

beyond the nodus in all the wings, a corresponding one on

the opposite margin, and a third at the tip of the wings; the

apical spot varies much in size and is wanting in the only

male; in some of the specimens there are one or two more

scattered vitreous dots.

Odonata from Queensland. 17

Fore wings with ten to eleven antenodal cross-nervures,

the last not continuous, generally with pale spaces between ;

eight to ten postnodal cross-nervures ; pterostigma dark testa-

ceous or black; triangle long, rather narrow, with three cross-

nervures, and followed by five or six cells, increasing ; two

supra-triangular nervures; cells of the subtriangular space

numerous.

flab. Mackay, Queensland.

Described from one male and four female specimens.

Probably allied to 2. regie and chalcoptilon, Brauer. Very

like &. cuprina, Kirb., from Sierra Leone, in general

appearance.

TIthyothemis Turner7, sp. n.

Rhyothemis resplendens, var., Selys, Mitth. Mus. Dresd. iii. p. 301

(1878).

Long. corp. 12-14 millim.; exp. al. 44-48 millim.; long.

pter. 13 millim.

Four specimens (three males and a female), almost precisely

alike, the opaque colouring in the fore wings extending only

just beyond the nodus on the fore wings, instead of two cells

beyond, but ceasing five to seven cells before the pterostigma

on the hind wings, instead of only two or three, as in typical

resplendens ; the opaque part of the wing is shot with brilliant

blue in the males, more or less bordered with black ; in the

female it is cupreous, with the larger oval vitreous patch in

the hind wings covering rather more than three cells on each

side of the upper sector of the arculus; the smaller patch only

covering part of one on each side of the nodal sector.

Hab, Mackay, Queensland.

De Selys noticed this form as a variety from a single male

in the collection of Mr. M‘Lachlan. I have not thought it

necessary to give a detailed description, but think that the

constancy of the characters in the four specimens now received

entitle it to be considered distinct from typical resplendens,

which the British Museum possesses from New Guinea.

There is also a female from Batchian in the Museum agreeing

with £. Zurneri in the opaque part of the wing ceasing just

beyond the nodus; but the opaque part ceases on the hind

wings four cells before the pterostigma, and the hyaline spots

are much larger and more conspicuous. ‘This form was also

regarded by De Selys as a variety of R. resplendens, but may

prove to be distinct when more specimens are obtained.

Neurothemis stigmatizans.

Libellula stigmatizans, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 421. n. 5 (1775).

A considerable number of specimens of both sexes; they

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 2

18 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

exhibit no great amount of variation, and I am inclined to

think that many neuropterists (myself included) have been

too hasty in putting together insects which appear to be con-

stant in their own localities, as mere forms of N. stigmatizans

and fluctuans, Fabr.

Trithemis bipunctata.

Libellula (Diplax) bipunctata, Brauer, Reise d. Novara, Neur. p. 86

(1866).

Two specimens received from Mr. Turner. There is also

a pruinose blue male, which probably belongs to this species,

if it ever assumes that colour.

Trithemis rubra.

Trithemis rubra, Kirby, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 328 (1889).

Two specimens in Mr. Turner’s collection.

Crocothemis servilia.

Libellula servilia, Drury, Tl. Ex. Ent. i. pl. xlvii. fig. 6 (1778).

A single specimen of this common East-Indian and Aus-

tralian species.

Brachydiplax australis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 27 millim.; exp. al. 47 millim.; long. pter.

2 millim.

Male.—Head black behind, with two confluent yellow spots

behind what Charpentier calls the “ cuneus,” the small space

filling up the space between the eyes behind; upper part of

the head metallic green, except at the sides; lower part

yellow; mandibles (except at base), lower edge of the rhina-

rium (rising into a spot in the middle), and suture of the

labium black. Thorax black and yellow, as is also the base

of the abdomen, which is yellow beneath and blue above

beyond the base of the third segment; thorax mostly blackish

above, beneath the blue dusting (in young specimens it would

probably be eneous) ; pleura yellow, with four black, separate,

slightly geneous stripes; legs black ; pectus mostly black and

shining, slightly neous, and intersected by yellowish sutures ;

anal appendages as long as the last two segments, slightly

hairy, not dentated.

Wings clear hyaline, with black nervures ; fore wings with

six antenodal and five postnodal cross-nervures, the first two

postnodals not continuous; pterostigma dull yellow, between

Odonata from Queensland. 19

black nervures, triangle not traversed, followed by two rows

of cells, increasing; subtriangular space consisting of one

cell; hind wings with the base of the triangle not quite coin-

ciding with the arculus.

Described from a single male specimen. If this was

completely mature the blue pulverulescence would probably

obliterate all trace of yellow markings; but the female and

newly-emerged male are both probably yellow and eneous

black, without any trace of blue.

This is the first species of the genus described from

Australia. It is probably allied to B. denticauda, Brauer, &c.

Zyxomma petiolatum.

Zyxomma petiolatum, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 30 (1842).

‘A single specimen, perhaps a little darker than Indian

specimens, but otherwise hardly differing from them.

Orthetrum sabina.

Libellula sabina, Drury, il. Ex. Ent. i. pl. xlviii. fig. 4 (1773).

An abundant species from India to Australia.

Orthetrum nigrifrons, sp. 0.

Long. corp. 46 millim.; exp. al. 70 millim.; long. pter.

5 millim.

Male.—Head black, sutures of the rhinarium and labrum

yellowish, face smooth and shining, frontal tubercle bifid,

thorax black or blue-black, abdomen blue, legs black. Wings

clear hyaline, very narrowly stained with saffron at the base

of the hind wings; pterostigma long, yellow, between black

nervures, not remarkably thickened, nervures mostly blackish,

except the costal nervure between the nodus and pterostigma,

which is testaceous; it is also testaceous in front from the

base to the nodus: fore wings with eleven antenodal cross-

nervures, the last not continuous, and with nine or ten post-

nodal nervures, the first two not continuous; triangle mode-

rately long and broad, followed by three rows of cells

increasing; subtriangular space consisting of three cells;

no supra-triangular nervules, nodal and subnodal sectors not

much waved; hind wings with the triangle not traversed.

Anal appendages of moderate length; the lower one broad,

truncated, nearly as long as the others.

Described from two male specimens. Much resembles

O. triangularis, De Selys, but smaller, and the want of

Q%

20 On Odonata from Queensland.

supra-triangular nervures on the fore wings and the untraversed

triangle of the hind wings will at once distinguish it.

Orthetrum villosovittatum.

Libellula villosovittata, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xviii.

p. 167 (1868).

The collection contained four specimens of a species which

I regard as O. villosovittatum, although it is less yellow at

the base than Brauer’s description appears to indicate. There

is a supra-triangular nervure, and the triangles of all the wings

are traversed, points on which the description says nothing.

Orthetrum bramineum.

Libellula braminea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 284 (1798).

This species is very common throughout Australia, and the

description of Fabricius would apply very fairly to the female

or immature male. I have therefore added a more full

description of the adult male. If I have correctly identified

Fabricius’ insect, it is a true Orthetrum, and not a Nesoxenta.

Long. corp. 43 millim.; exp. al. 68 millim.; long. pter.

5 millim.

Male.—Head yellow, frontal tubercle concave; thorax

lighter or darker olive, with five dark reddish or black stripes

above, one on the central carina and two on each side, of

which the lower one is often hidden by the pruinosity which

covers the sides and under surface of the thorax in adult

examples, and partly extends to the legs, which are black,

striped below with testaceous ; abdomen pruinose blue; anal

appendages as long as the ninth segment, lower appendage

two thirds as long as the upper ones. Wings with twelve to

fifteen antenodal cross-nervures, the last continuous, and nine

to ten postnodal cross-nervures ; pterostigma moderately long

and broad, yellow, between black nervures, the uppermost

thick, the apical half of the wings clouded with smoky yellow ;

nodal and subnodal nervures considerably waved ; triangle of

moderate size, with one cross-nervure and a supra-triangular

nervure, followed by three rows of cells, increasing ; supra-

triangular space consisting of three cells; triangle of hind

wings not traversed.

The female and immature male are yellow, with five reddish-

brown lines on the thorax, and the sutures of the abdomen

black, with a broad brown band running along each side; the

legs are also streaked with black, and the smoky yellow cloud

on the outer half of the wings is either much reduced or, in a

few cases, entirely obsolete.

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristidee. 21

CorDvuriin 2.

Hemicordulia australie.

Cordulia australia, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 146 (1842).

A single female specimen, much darker than those pre-

viously in the collection of the British Museum.

Aschnide.

GoMPHINZ.

GOMPHINA.

Ictinus australis.

Ictinus australis, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxxv. p. 769 (1875).

A single specimen.

AYSCHNIN AE,

Aischna brevistyla.

Aschna brevistyla, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 205 (1842).

A common species, and the only Australian representative

of typical Aschna.

Agrionide.

C@NAGRIONINZE

Micronympha aurora.

Agrion (Ischnura) aurora, Brauer, Verh. zool,-bot. Ges, Wien, xv.

p. 510 (1865).

A single discoloured specimen, apparently belonging to

this species.

V.— Descriptions of some new Species of Agaristide.

By Hersert Deuce, F.L.S.

AGARISTA.

Agarista Goldiet, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, with a large elongated white band

beyond the middle, which does not reach either margin; the

fringe black: secondaries white, broadly bordered with black,

the base black; the fringe white at the apex. Head, palpi,

antenne, thorax, and abdomen black, the abdomen banded

22 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide.

with white close to the base; the collar and anus yellow; legs

black and white—/emale almost identical with the male.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 2 inches.

Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Goldie, Mus. Druce).

Agarista rheo, sp.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries deep black ; primaries

with two small spots in the cell, one at the end of the cell on

the costal margin, and a large square-shaped one below

nearest the anal angle, all creamy white; the apex and a

small streak on the anal angle creamy white; the fringe

black: secondaries with the fringe at the apex and a rather

large spot near the anal angle creamy white. Underside

very similar to the upperside. Head, palpi, antennz, thorax,

and abdomen black; the underside of the head and thorax

orange ; legs orange and black.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Madagascar (Mus. Druce).

Agarista darna, sp. n.

Male.—Primariesand secondaries brownish black; primaries

crossed beyond the middle from the costal margin to the anal

angle by a wide orange-yellow band, between which and the

base a narrow yellow band partly crosses the wing; a faint

metallic bluish streak at the end of the cell; the fringe of

both wings blackish brown. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax,

and abdomen blackish brown; the collar and anus orange-

yellow; legs dark brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Timor (Mus. Druce).

Agarista cynapes, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, crossed about the middle by a

wide white band, which does not extend to either margin; a

narrow bluish-grey line extends from the base along the

costal margin to the end of the cell; the fringe black, white

at the apex: secondaries white, the outer margin broad]

bordered with blue-black, widest at the apex; the base of the

wing blue-black. Head, antenna, thorax, and abdomen

bluish black; the anus dark orange-yellow.—/emale very

similar to the male.

Expanse, ¢ ? , 24 inches.

Hab. New Guinea (Mus. Druce).

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide. 23

Agarista prochyta, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries very similar to those of A. cynapes :

secondaries orange-yellow, broadly bordered with bluish

black ; the fringe white from the apex to the middle of the

outer margin. Head, antenne, thorax, and basal third of

the abdomen bluish black ; the anal portion of the abdomen

orange ; legs black.

Expanse 2} inches.

Hlab. New Guinea (Mus. Druce).

This species is closely allied to A. cynapes, but is much

more glossy blue.

Massaca, Walk.

Massaga demena, sp. n.

Primaries black, the veins dark blue; a wide curved white

band crosses the wing about the middle from the costal to the

inner margin: secondaries blue-black, with a wide central

white band extending from the costal to the inner margin;

the fringe of the primaries greyish, of the secondaries white

at the apex and partly round the outer margin, then black.

Head, collar, front of thorax, and anus bright carmine;

thorax, palpi, antenne, abdomen, and legs blue-black.

Eixpanse 2 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Cameroons (Fuller) ; Old Calabar and

Sierra Leone (Jus. Druce).

EUSEMIA.

Eusemia darocana, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, with four greyish-blue spots near

the base and a yellow spot slightly beyond ; two dark yellow

bands cross the wing, but do not reach either margin—the

first (about the middle) is widest on the inner margin, the

second (beyond the cell) is narrow and extends almost to the

anal angle ; below the end of the band, close to the anal angle,

is a small yellowish-white spot ; a submarginal row of white

dots extends from the costal margin near the apex to the anal

angle; the fringe black : secondaries brick-red, slightly paler

at the base and along the inner margin; the outer margin

broadly bordered with black; a wide black band extends

from the inner margin above the anal angle to the end of the

cell; the veins between the black band and the outer margin

black. Head, antenn, collar, and thorax black; head and

24 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide.

collar spotted with white; abdomen dark chrome-yellow,

broadly banded with black ; anus black.—Female very similar

to the male, but the yellow bands on the primaries are slightly

paler in colour.

Expanse, g 34, 2 34 inches.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Mindanao (Semper, Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species, allied to E. fasciatrix, Westw.

POMPELON.

Pompelon cynosura, sp. n.

Allied to P. ampliatum, Butler, but much browner in colour ;

more blue, of a different shade of colour, on the costal margin

and apex of primaries ; the blue on the apex of the secondaries

is more suffused than in P. ampliatum, Butler, but not nearly

so much so as in P. marginata, Guér. Head, antenna,

thorax, and abdomen blue-black ; the collar, underside of the

abdomen, and anus bright carmine; the front of the thorax

spotted with blue.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. Penang (Biggs); Province Wellesley, Mergui

(Doherty) ; Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer) ; Kina Balu (Lverett,

Mus. Druce).

HYPSA.

Hypsa darsania, sp. n.

Primaries pale dove-colour, bright yellow at the base ; two

black spots close to the base and a row of four black spots

extending from the costal to the inner margin just beyond:

secondaries chrome-yellow ; the fringe dove-colour at the apex

and partly round the outer margin. Head, collar, tegule,

thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow; palpi, antenne, and

legs black; abdomen with a row of black spots from the

base to the anus; the underside of the abdomen banded with

black.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. North Celebes (Curtis, Mus. Druce).

Mr. H. G. Smith on Two new Butterflies, 25

VI.—Descriptions of Two more new Species of Butterflies

Srom New Britain, in the Collection of Mr. Grose Smith,

captured by Captains Cayley Webster and Cotton. By

H. Grose Smiru.

Thysonotis hanno.

Male.— Upperside similar to that of 7’. hymetus, Feld., but

both wings more violet-blue, with the outer margins more

narrowly black.

Underside with the costal and outer margins of the ante-

rior wings and the outer margin of the posterior wings

brighter black ; on the anterior wings the black band along

the costa, on its inner margin, has a short black spur at

the end of the cell and a longitudinal excrescence a little

before the apex, and the basal blue streak above the cell

extends further along the wings; on the posterior wings the

subbasal blue streak does not extend along the inner margin,

the metallic blue rings round the submarginal row of black

spots are less clearly defined, and the black area above them

is less irregular on its inner edge.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Hab. New Britain.

One specimen only was in the collection; it is a tailless

species.

Thysonotis hamilcar.

Female.— Upperside closely resembles that of the same sex of

T. cyanea, Cramer, but on the anterior wings the white area is

less sharply angulated at its apex, and the outer margin is rather

more broadly greyish black; on the posterior wings along

the costal margin is a broad greyish-black band, which

extends from the base two thirds along the wings towards

the apex; the blue band of lunules across the disk towards

the outer margin is broader and brighter.

On the underside the double white lines, which intersect

the greyish-black outer marginal band on the anterior wings,

are less distinct, especially the outer line, and they do not

extend so far towards the apex. On the posterior wings the

dark band along the costa is, as on the upperside, broader

and longer than in 7. cyanea; the dark outer marginal band

is broader, and the black spots in the row of blue ocelli before

the margin are smaller.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Hab. New Britain.

One specimen only in the collection; it is tailed like

T. cyanea.

26 Herr N. Damin on Parthenogenesis in: Spiders.

VII.—On Parthenogenesis in Spiders.

By N. Damin*,

For the preservation of the species the union of two separate

sexes of the species is necessary. At the same time, how-

ever, multiplication without a union of the sexes, that is to

say, an asexual reproduction, has been proved to take place |

in the vegetable and animal kingdoms.

To the latter class of phenomena belongs the virgin repro-

duction, or parthenogenesis, which occurs also among higher

animals. In such cases the egg-cells are capable of devel-

oping into embryos without previous impregnation.

Parthenogenesis is met with especially in the great phylum

Arthropoda. It has been observed in the case of bees, wasps,

and gall-flies (Cynipide), in the silkworm-moth and in

Psychide, in Tineidz, midges, Aphide, and Coccide, as well

as in the Phyllopeda and Ostracoda among the Crustacea.

Considering the frequency of parthenogenesis among Arthro-

pods, the question arises whether the phenomenon does not

also occur among spiders, which belong to the same division

of the animal kingdom. Hitherto, however, no case of

parthenogenesis in these animals has become known ft.

After having observed living spiders for many years, I am

now in the happy position of being able to establish an

instance of parthenogenesis among the Araneina also.

In the spring of 1891 I placed two living specimens of

Filistata testacea, Latr.t, in separate glass tubes, in order to

observe them from day to day. One of these spiders, of which

I shall speak, twice underwent ecdysis in the course of the

summer of 1891, and in the spring of 1892 once again—a

proof that when I shut it up it was still immature, 7. e.,

according to the previous state of our knowledge, incapable of

reproduction. On the 8th of July, 1892, this female spun on

the side of the tube an egg-sac shaped like a tobacco-pouch,

similar to that of Micrommata. I was not surprised at this,

since I had frequently noticed that spiders spin a cocoon and

lay eges without ever having had intercourse with a male.

After a few days, however, the eggs in such envelopes were

* Translated from the ‘ Verhandlungen der k.-k. zoologisch-botanischen

Gesellschaft in Wien, Jahrg. 1893, xlili. Bd., II. Quartal (Wien, 1893),

pp. 204-206, :

+ [An instance of probable parthenogenetic reproduction in the case of

Tegenaria Guyonii, Guér., was recorded by Mr. F. M. Campbell (Journ,

Linn. Soe. xvi. pp. 586-538) in 1882.—TRaANSL. |

{ Filistata bicolor, Luc. (‘ Exploration de l’Algérie’), and Teratodes

attalicus, C. Koch (‘ Die Arachniden,’ y.), are synonyms of this species.

*

Herr N. Damin on Parthenogenesis in Spiders. 27

always already shrivelled and dry, since they were unfer-

tilized. Nineteen days afterwards (consequently on the 27th

of July), during which time, in the case of fertilized ova, the

young are wont to emerge, I opened the cocoon, and saw in

this instance, contrary to all expectation, developed young

ones. The egg-membranes had already burst. I counted

sixty-seven young spiders.

Under the microscope the egg-membrane presented the

appearance of a delicate glassy substance; it was smooth and

destitute of a coating of hairs. ‘The young had arrived at the

stage at which a distinct movement of the little blunt legs is

recognizable. The cephalothorax was glistening white, the

legs were blackish, and the abdomen dark-coloured. ‘To

discover the reason of these shades of hue I placed first one

of these young spiders entire, and afterwards various separated

portions of the body, beneath the microscope, when I saw the

coat of hair in process of origin beneath the integument; the

little hairs stood almost parallel one to another, and closer

together upon the legs than upon the abdomen; the former

consequently appeared darker in colour than the latter. It is

not until the young spider has undergone yet another ecdysis

that it appears capable of leading an independent existence.

I removed these young ones: the old female remained in good

health and lively, and continued to feed and to spin.

Two days later, that is on the 29th of July, I opened the

box in which I had placed them, and found that all the young

ones had emerged. Beside them now lay the second skin,

so that, as I have observed in the case of other spiders also,

they had moulted after a couple of days; by this time they

were also recognizable as specimens of /%listata both in form

and colour. ‘They ran about readily, and, after a few days,

were already able to lie in wait for their prey *.

I likewise examined these skins under the microscope, and

found that I was not deceived on the first occasion; these

membranes had no hairs upon them, while the cuticle of the

young spiders is thickly clothed with hair, which could now

be seen standing up.

These young Lzlistata are still living, and have already

successfully accomplished one ecdysis outside the cocoon.

Are we not entitled to regard this case as a proof that

parthenogenesis occurs in /ilistata testacea and, perhaps, in

other spiders also? ‘There can here be no question of any

mistake. Filistata is very common in the Croatian littoral ;

it lives in holes in old walls, and is recognizable by the star-

* To le in wait—because Jlistata spins a peculiarly sticky web, to

which everything adheres,

28 Herr N. Damin on Parthenogenesis in Spiders,

shaped web which it spins, after the manner of Segestria and

Amaurobius, at the entrance to its abode. It is abundantly

represented in my collection; but what has struck me very

forcibly in this connexion is the fact that there is not a single

male among my specimens, and that I have never yet met

with a male, either alive or dead: I do not know the male at

all. Does not this very absence of the male constitute an

indirect testimony in favour of the parthenogenesis of

Lilistata?

It may here be remarked, further, that neither Thorell, in

his two memoirs *, nor C. Koch } says anything about a male

of Filistata testacea. In response to my inquiries I learn

from the well-known arachnologists Dr. C. Chyzer, of Ujhely,

and Prof. W. Kuleynski, of Cracow, that, with the exception

of asingle male received by the latter from Madeira, they, too,

have not met with a male specimen of F%listata. It is, how-

ever, not my intention to imply that males of Filistata never

occur; I would merely remind the reader of the males of

Psyche helix, so long missing, and first discovered by C. Claus.

It is, indeed, well known that among other creatures also,

especially insects, where parthenogenesis is met with, the

males, at least at one period, are rare or entirely wanting.

It is self-evident that further observation is still necessary

in order to prove whether parthenogenesis in Filistata is

accidental, as, for instance, in the case of Bombyx mori and

certain butterflies, or actually a phenomenon of regular

occurrence, as in Psyche, Solenobia, &c. Moreover, it is

reserved for subsequent investigations to decide whether

parthenogenesis does not occur in other spiders also.

Another noteworthy point may be alluded to. We are

aware that it is not until they have undergone their last

ecdysis that spiders are mature or capable ot reproduction.

After copulation or the first deposition of eggs, as the case

may be, spiders change their skin no more.

It was quite contrary to my expectation therefore when

the parthenogenetic female that [ have been observing

moulted on the 29th of September of last year, consequently

two months after it had spun its virgin cocoon. ‘This led me

to the following reflection: either a kind of paedogenesis

occurs in Filistata—that is, parthenogenesis is here relegated

to a stage in life at which sexual reproduction does not other-

wise take place, as we meet with it in the case of midges,

and in this event it is possible that differences from the fully

* T, Thorell, ‘On European Spiders ;’ ‘ Remarks on Synonyms,’

+ ©. L. Koch, ‘Die Arachniden,’ i—xviii. (Niirnberg).

On a Freshwater Medusa from the River Niger. 29

developed form may also be shown to exist,—or spiders,

although it may be only a few species, have the power of

changing their skins in the adult condition, which has not

been observed hitherto.

I therefore examined one or two females from my collec-

tion which, according to external appearances, were mature.

In none of them did I find an epigyne near the pulmonary

opercula, On the 20th of October I again examined a Filistata,

which apparently died during (the last?) ecdysis. This

likewise had no epigyne at the usual place; but I discovered

on the lower half of the ventral side of the abdomen, towards

the spinnerets, a horizontal suture ( Fuge”), which was

almost entirely covered by close-lying hairs. As I attempted

to introduce a needle beneath the suture, which I had no

difficulty in doing, the spider moved its legs (it was conse-

quently not yet dead), and a drop of clear viscid fluid showed

itself at the suture, receded again, and again issued forth

when I exerted a little pressure. Can this have been a mass

of germ-cells from the ovary? I have not examined the

parthenogenetic female, since it is valuable to me for further

observations, and I was afraid of injuring it; it is still alive

at the present moment (February 1893).

VIII.—On a Medusa observed by Dr. Tautain in the River

Niger at Bamakou (French Soudan). By M. JULES DE

GUERNE *.

THE Société Zoologique is indebted to M. Gaston Tissandier

for the first intelligence of the interesting circumstance

detailed below.

In consequence of an article, accompanied by three figures

and giving a résumé of R. T. Giinther’s paper on the Medusa

of Lake Tanganyika, published by me in ‘ La Nature’ f,

the courteous editor of that journal received a letter from

Nouka-Hiva (Marquesas Islands), which he hastened to

communicate to me. ‘The letter bears the signature of

* Translated from the ‘Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France,’

t. xvill. (séance du 28 novembre, 1893) pp. 225-230: from a separate

impression communicated by the Author.

+ R. T. Giinther, “ Preliminary Account of the Freshwater Medusa of

Lake Tanganyika,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xi. pp. 269-275,

pls. xiii. and xiv.

‘ i J. de Guerne, “ La Méduse du lac Tanganyika,” La Nature, June 24,

893.

30 M. Jules de Guerne on a

Dr. Tautain, a distinguished anthropologist and an excellent

observer, who is well-known on account of his travels in the

French Soudan and in Bélédougou, and who was formerly

medical officer to the Galliéni Expedition, and is now colonial

administrator of one of the most distant archipelagos of the

Pacific.

The following are the principal passages in Dr. Tautain’s

communication, written from Taiohae (Nouka-Hiva Island),

30th September, 1893 :-—

“Tn the issue of ‘ La Nature’ for June 24, 1893, I observe,

under the signature of M. Jules de Guerne, an article on the

subject of freshwater Meduse, with reference to the Medusa

of Lake Tanganyika.

“Tt is stated by M. de Guerne that this species is the

third freshwater Medusa that has been recorded. I believe

that I am acquainted with another.

“Tn the month of January in the year 1888, at low water,

I found in the Niger near Bamakou, in the still water at the

edge of the river above the rocks of Sotuba, a Medusa which

appears to me to be different from that of Lake Tanganyika.

If my memory serves me, the diameter of this Medusa is

from 20 to 25 millim.

“On the day when I noticed it I busied myself in collecting

a certain number of individuals, and ina short time I had

some fifty specimens of it in a bottle.

“On my return to Bamakou I endeavoured to preserve

these Meduse, in order to bring them back to France; but

the various methods which I employed, the only ones that I

had at my disposal, miscarried, and after the lapse of a certain

time, varying according to the different methods, I had

nothing left. It was my fixed intention to return to Sotuba

to make a fresh collection and attempt other systems or

combinations of systems of preservation, but I was unable

to do so.

“The distance between the habitat of the Medusa of the

Niger and the sea is considerable, and it must be remarked

that the number of rapids (besides those of Sotuba) between

Timbuctu and Boussa renders communication with the ocean

very difficult for a creature of the nature of a Medusa.”

It is a matter for regret that Dr. Tautain did not think of

at once making a sketch of the animal in question. Its

dimensions would certainly have enabled him to recognize

with a simple lens, or even to see with the naked eye, certain

details of structure, according to which it- would have been

possible to form a correct idea of the organism.

The animal is, in all probability, a Hydromedusa of a

Medusa from the River Niger. 3)!

somewhat larger size than the three forms already recorded

as existing in fresh water *. As a matter of fact the largest

specimens of Limnocnida tanganytkai (sic), Bohm t, measure

22 millim., while the diameter of Limnocodium Sowerbyi,

Allman and Ray Lankester, amounts to 8 millim., and that

of Halmomises lacustris, von Kennel, only to 2°5 millim.

The fixed polypes of a creeping Hydrozoon of marine origin

progressively adapted to fresh water may, in the course of

centuries, ascend a river like the Niger, and even surmount

its rapids. Without speaking of the changes which may

have supervened in the configuration of the country, and of

the accidental transport of débris of all kinds to which the

animals with which we are dealing readily attach themselves,

it is necessary to pay particular attention to the peculiar

conditions affecting the river.

This is not the place to enter into lengthy considerations

of geographical questions. I may be permitted, however, to

quote a few passages from the great work by Elisée Reclus f,

which will show, without requiring any comment, how a

freshwater fauna is able to disseminate itself with great

rapidity through a very extensive region, both up and down

a river-system.

“‘ United to each other to the south of Ségou Sikoro two

large rivers flow parallel to the Niger; then, after breaking

up into pools (martyots), which convert the Jénneh country

into a labyrinth of islands, the common current rejoins the

principal stream above Lake Debo. At this spot the waters,

which are broad and very deep, are almost stagnant: a dam

a few metres in height would transform the confluent into an

inland sea; at the time of the falling of the waters the

lacustrine reservoir spreads out on all sides, even flowing up

stream towards the upper river.

* Below the region where the liquid volume of the two

Nigers in some places unites into lakes, and in others ramifies

in tortuous arms around low islands, the stream, retarded by

* I purposely omit to recall to mind here all the instances of Craspe-

dote or Acraspedote Medusze (Crambessa, Callirhoé, Laodice, &c.) which

have been recorded as non-marine. I have spoken elsewhere of the

majority of these (J. de Guerne, ‘‘ Méduses d’eau douce et d’eau saumiatre,

d’aprées quelques travaux récents,” Bull. scient. du dép. du Nord, 1880),

Neither are the Coelenterates which live in what is almost fresh water in

numerous localities of the Baltic and of the Gulf of Finland enumerated

here.

+ This is how, according to the rules of nomenclature, the name of the

Medusa of Lake Tanganyika ought to be written.

t Elisée Reclus, ‘Géographie universelle, XII. Afrique occidentale,’

p: 02

32 M. Jules de Guerne on a

the obstacles of its banks, spreads out into a labyrinth of

‘ marigots,’ which penetrates south of the major current to a

distance of 150 kilometres into the interior. During seven

months of the year this district of marigots, which extends to

the south of the river, below the meridian of Timbuctu, is cut

off from free communication with the Niger: there is nothing

to be seen but scattered lakes, pools of stagnant water,

obliterated channels, dead water, and damp bollows filled

with reed-beds; but the river-floods, which overflow in a

lateral direction along depressions in the ground, transform

these into a network of flowing streams, and during four or

five months large boats can be navigated freely in an immense

maze of Jakes and channels, in which the currents change

without apparent rule, according to the force and the direction

of the winds, the abundance of rain, or the heat of the sun.

In this part of Central Africa nature assumes an aspect which

resembles in certain respects that of Sweden, with its lakes

of every variety of form, its creeks, its firths, and its

IUVETSsL ele oot

“ ,... In one channel the water is open and deep,

unimpeded by vegetation; in another it is encumbered with

weeds, through which it is difficult for boats to force a passage,

and which occasionally become detached in the shape of

floating islands, which eventually form barriers at the bends

of the stream which are impassable for boats: every year

traders are compelled to change their route through the

tortuous intricacies of this vast labyrinth. . .. .”

But even if we exclude the possibility that the higher

waters above the rapids may be reached at last in an indirect

manner by means of the floods, the rapids themselves might

still be directly surmounted by the Hydroids ; for it has been

found at Hamburg that the water-mains are invaded by

colonies of Cordylophora lacustris, Allman, which develop

there in all directions in spite of the intensity of the current *,

Besides, if the actual rocks in the torrent do not furnish these

animals with a base upon which to grow, they will attach

themselves to dead or living shells}. This is the habit of

* Kraepelin, “ Die Fauna der Hamburger Wasserleitung,” Abhandl. a.

d. Geb. der Naturwissensch., herausg. v. Nat. Verein Hamburg, ix. 1886,

pp. 5,6. Allman had previously recorded the presence of Cordylophora

in the water-mains of London (Allman, ‘A Monograph of the Gymno-

blastic or Tubularian Hydroids,’ Ray Society, London, 1871-72, p. 253).

+ It has long been known that Cordylophora lacustris is frequently met

with upon the shell of Dretssena polymorpha, Pallas. In this situation

it was found in Parisitself, in the great reservoir of the Jardin des Plantes

(E. Perrier, ‘Sur l’existence a Paris du Cordylophora lacustris, Allman,”

Arch, zool. expérim. ii. 1875, Notes et Revue, p. xvii).

Medusa from the River Niger. 33

Bryozoa, whose mode of dispersal is not without analogy to

that of Hydroids. Their colonies or their statoblasts are

frequently met with upon the shells of mollusks, not only

upon stationary or slowly-moving bivalves, but upon Gastro-

pods like Paludina, which are very well able to crawl against

the stream *,

A few months ago, when Dr. Meissner was examining the

specimens of theria in the Berlin Museum, he recognized

upon their shells statoblasts of Plumatellat, thus placing

beyond doubt the existence of these Bryozoa in the great

rivers of Africa (Nile, Senegal, and Niger), although they

were for a long time not to be found upon the Dark Con-

tinent, and were so difficult to discover that a naturalist so

able as Stuhlmann declares that he searched for them in vain

for two years and a half f.

Aitheria, masses of which form in great rivers accumula-

tions comparable to oyster-beds, and which, like the latter,

resist the action of the water, furnishes an excellent basis for

* Tappend a few instances of freshwater Bryozoa attached to Mol-

lusca:—Upon the shell of an undetermined species of Unio Leidy

discovered at Philadelphia the curious Urnatella gracilis, while upon

Unio delphinus, Lea, Symphinota hialata, Lea, and Anodonta securiformis,

Say, Jullien found Norodonia from China and Cambodia. The same

naturalist records the occurrence of statoblasts of Plwnatella upon speci-

mens of Unio collected by M. Chaper in the Madras Presidency. Pect7-

natella Cartert, Hyatt, and Hislopia lacustris, Carter, have been likewise

met with in India upon Paludina bengalensis, Lamk. (J. Jullien, “ Mono-

graphie des Bryozoaires d’eau douce,” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, x. 1885,

passim). Kraepelin, moreover, has given some extremely interesting

details as to the veritable symbiosis which appears to exist between

Plumatella princeps, Kraep., var. spongiosa, Kraep.,and Paludina fasciata,

O. F. Miller. In the Bille and in the Elbe, in the neighbourhood of

Hamburg, thousands upon thousands (“ Tausende und Abertausende ”) of

Paludina are found covered with Plumatella, and resembling in conse-

quence so many potatoes rolled about by the water. It is a remarkable

fact that in these localities scarcely a trace of the Bryozoon in question is

seen upon submerged stones. Moreover the Paludina, in burying them-

selves in the mud to hibernate, ensure the preservation of the statoblasts

with which they are covered, and which they also bring back to the

surface on the return of spring, at the period of development (K. Kraepe-

lin, “ Die Deutschen Siisswasser-Bryozoen,’ Abhandl. a. d. Geb. der

Naturwissensch., herausg. y. d. Nat. Verein Hamburg, x. 1887, p. 121 of

the separate impression, pl. iv. figs. 115 and 114).

A number of exotic fluviatile mollusks, and especially the large and

small species of Ampullaria, which are so widely distributed in hot

countries, should be examined from the point of view here considered ; I

am not aware that this has ever been done.

+ Meissner, “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geographischen Verbreitung

der Bryozoengattung Plumatella in Afrika,” Zool. Anzeiger, xvi. p. 385.

{ F. Stuhlmann, “ Fauna von Ost Afrika,” Sitzgsber. Gesellsch. natur-

forsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1890, p. 184.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 3

34 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

the development of colonies of Hydroids*. Can it be a

matter for surprise that the latter, which are doubtless of very

small size, have never been seen and may still long remain

unnoticed, if we reflect that the statoblasts of which we have

been speaking are quite a recent discovery, and, above all,

that, in spite of continual watching, it has taken nearly jive

years to find in London itself, with all the resources of a

perfectly equipped laboratory, a hydroid phase of Limno-

codium ?

1X.—On the Development of the Fins of Teleosts.

By Ross GRANVILLE Harrison f.

e

ExceptinG the Elasmobranch Fishes, we have no complete

knowledge of the development of the extremities of any group

of vertebrates. ‘The skeleton alone has received due atten-

tion, The muscular system of the limbs of the higher verte-

brates has been supposed by recent writers who have touched

upon the subject to take its origin from masses of cells

derived from the myotomes. These myotomic cells are in a

general way to be regarded as homologous with the cells of

the muscle-buds ( Muskelknospen”), out of which the

* The oyster-beds at certain points of the coast are justly regarded by

zoologists as exceptionally rich localities. I have mentioned a very

typical example of this lying off Dunkirk. Sponges, Hydroids, various

Annelids, Bryozoa, anc Cirrhipedes, to speak of fixed animals alone,

multiply upon the dead or living shells with singular vigour, and this in

spite of the violence of the gyratory currents, which in these parts may

attain a speed of two metres a second (J. de Guerne, “ La rade de Dun-

kerque,” Revue Scientifique, March 11, 1885),

+ A. G. Bourne, ‘On the Occurrence of a Hydroid Phase of Zimno-

codium Sowerbyt, Allman and Ray Lankester,’ Proc. Roy. Soe. Lond.

xxxvill. p. 9. It will be remarked that the basin in Regent’s Park in

which the Medusee have appeared at intervals, and where the hydroid

phase of Limnocodium has at last been discovered, has been emptied and

left dry for a somewhat long period on several occasions. This appears

to indicate on the part of this freshwater type a singular power of resist-

ance to the most abrupt changes in the condition of the medium, Vide

the plate, p. 12 loc. cit.

While correcting the proofs of the present note I have received no. 1258

of ‘ Nature’ (Dec. 7, 1893), containing an article by Prof. Ray Lankester

entitled “Reappearance of the Freshwater Medusa (Limnocodium

Sowerby?).” ‘This organism, which had not been observed again in

London since July 1890, has unexpectedly come to light at Sheffield in a

tank containing aquatic plants sent from Regent’s Park.

{ From the ‘ Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ No. 111, May 1894,

pp. 59-61; being a preliminary communication.

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. 30

definitive muscles of the elasmobranch fins are known to

develop. The following observations made upon the salmon

(Salmo salar) render a modification of this view necessary.

The Unpatred Fins—The unpaired fins arise as prolifera-

tions of the mesenchyme cells, which, in the form of a loose

meshwork, fill the median fin-folds. The caudal fin is the

first to appear, and is followed by the dorsal, the anal, and

the adipose, in the order named.

Shortly after the dorsal thickening has appeared muscle-

buds appear at the anterior dorsal angles of the myotomes of

that region, and grow rapidly into the fin-rudiment, as has

been described by Dohrn (“Studien IX.,” ‘ Mittheilungen

aus der Zool. Stat. zu Neapel,’ Bd. vi.). These processes

converge considerably towards one another, so that, while the

middle ones project at right angles to the long axis of the

body of the fish, those at each end of the fin cut the axis at

an angle of about forty-five degrees. Cross sections show

that the buds are solid; a few cells are enclosed by an

epithelium of similar cells. The nuciei closely resemble

those of the mesenchyme, and the cell boundaries are indistinct.

The buds are continuous with the cells of the lateral layer of

the myotomes (cutis-plate). Similar buds grow out from the

anterior ventral angle of the myotomes in the region of the

anal fin. ‘The tail-fin also receives outgrowths from several

of the terminal myotomes; the adipose fin never contains

muscle-buds or muscle-tissue of any kind. As the buds grow

further into the fin-rudiment their outer ends become enlarged

and somewhat flattened against the epidermis, in which a

considerable bulging is caused. The stalk now disintegrates,

and its component cells can no longer be distinguished from

the mesenchyme. In the meantime the nuclei which lie in

the median half of each bud accumulate considerable cyto-

plasm as a first step towards differentiation into muscle-cells.

‘These masses of embryonic muscle-cells now grow centri-

petally ; they ultimately become the erector muscles of the

fin-rays. The lateral half of the bud now loses its identity

as a cell-mass, having become undistinguishable from mesen-

chyme; but very soon the cells which lie opposite the peri-

pheral end of each bud accumulate more cytoplasm, and these

masses also grow towards the body, remaining close to the

epidermis. ‘They ultimately become the superficial muscles

of the rays, which in the adult take origin from the skin.

By this time the mesenchyme has developed to such an

extent that the muscle-masses are not at all clearly defined,

so that it is impossible to draw a sharp dividing line between

37

36 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

nuclei which will ultimately belong to muscle and those of

the connective tissue.

By this time cartilaginous rods, alternating with the

muscle-pairs, have appeared in the middle plane of the fin.

These become the interspinal bones which support the rays

of the dorsal fin; in the anal fin they are the interhemals.

The chondrification takes place centripetally. I shall call

them ray-supports.

Horizontal sections of this stage show clearly the serial

arrangement of the various structures of the fin. Opposite

the cartilaginous rods the ectoderm is constricted to a marked

degree. At these constrictions mesenchyme cells have aggre-

gated close to the ectoderm, forming loose strands of cells,

one on each side of each ray-support. This is the beginning

of the definitive depressor muscles of the fin-rays.

The dermal rays now begin to develop, in lines which are

distally continuous with each erector muscle rudiment, the

cells of which are not separated from those of the corre-

sponding rays by any sharp dividing line. Considerably

later a small nodule of cartilage is formed at the tip of each

cartilaginous ray-support, which has in the meantime become

considerably bent with its convexity forward. Each pair of

dermal rays grasps with its basal end the corresponding

cartilaginous ball, and a strong fibrous tissue binds them

together. Muscles now become inserted into this mass, in

such a manner that each ray receives one pair of each of the

three muscles belonging to each segment of the fin. Anterior

to the pivot on which the cartilaginous ball rests the erector

is attached; posterior to the pivot the depressor and the

muscle which takes origin from the skin. The depressor and

the erector arise from the ray-supports. The fin has now

practically reached its adult condition, except that the carti-

laginous skeleton has not yet ossified.

The above account holds good only for those segments

which do not he at the ends of the fin. In the first two or

three segments the course of development is considerably

modified, although the same definitive arrangement is reached.

The number of myotomes which produce buds is variable,

but, as a rule, ten or eleven reach the dorsal fin and eight the

anal. Both anterior and posterior to these buds may be

formed, but they do not reach more than rudimentary deve-

lopment. The number of these buds is very variable. When

the cartilage has just begun to appear, and the muscle-masses

are on their way to segregation from the surrounding mesen-

chyme, these rudimentary buds have disappeared, presumably

having disintegrated into ordinary mesenchyme tissue. Both

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. 37

anterior and posterior to the regularly formed muscles are

paired masses of closely packed mesenchyme cells, which

form a distinct layer under the epidermis. ‘These masses are

undoubtedly derived both from the original mesenchyme of

the fin and from the breaking down of the rudimentary buds.

The posterior mass of each side differentiates into two

muscles, one corresponding to the erectors, the other to the

skin-muscles. These become attached to the posterior ray of

the fin. A depressor muscle is wanting in the case of this

ray.

Anterior to the first of the regularly formed muscles is a

cartilaginous ray-support, and anterior to this are the masses

or lamine of undifferentiated cells described above. In the

middle plane, anterior to the first cartilage, at the regular

distance existing between the other ray-supports, cells aggre-

gate, and, later, chondrify, forming another ray-support.

That portion of the undifferentiated cell-mass lying between

this new cartilage and the one next succeeding it segregates

from the rest, and from it muscles corresponding to those of

the region of the muscle-buds are developed. ‘This process

continues until the usual number of rays and muscles found

in the adult fin is reached. In Salmo salar this is fourteen

in the dorsal and ten in the anal. ‘The anterior ray-support

and its muscles are not so fully developed as the others.

Each fin is innervated by a series of spinal nerves. The

nerves of each fin are connected by a longitudinal commissure,

which is a branch of the ramus lateralis vagi. I am unable

at present to trace the development of this interesting plexus.

In late embryonic and in the adult stages the metamerism

of the fin corresponds to that of the body of the fish. In

earlier stages the fin is more concentrated, as exhibited by

the strong convergence of the muscle-buds which enter into

it. This varies, however, greatly in different species, and is

a matter to which but little importance is to be attached.

The Ventral Fin.—The ventral fin appears considerably

later than the median fins. The first traces of it to be seen

are slight aggregations of cells in the body-wall just below

the ventral edge of the myotomes which lie in the region of

the dorsal fin. About the same time the epidermis covering

these parts becomes considerably thickened through multipli-

cation of its cells. Before the aggregations of mesenchyme

cells become very conspicuous muscle-buds grow out from

the anterior ventral angle of each myotome in this region:

about six enter the fin-rudiment; those at each end of it

projecting very obliquely to the axis of the body, converge

towards the middle of the fin.

38 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

Dohrn (‘Studien TX.,” p. 401) draws a sharp distinction

between the mode of origin of the musculature of the anal

fin and that of the ventral. In this he is followed by Kaestner

(Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abt. 1892, p. 200). Dohrn

remarks that while the anal fin derives its muscles from

muscle-buds the musculature of the ventral originates “‘ ohne

Vermittelung von Muskelknospen, direct durch Einwachsen

der Musculatur vom Urwirbel aus, wie sich leicht an Lachs-

und Forellenembryonen nachweisen lisst.”” I am unable to

confirm this statement, as my preparations, both surface views

and sections, show distinctly that the muscle-buds which

grow into the ventral fins are similar to those which enter the

anal, except that the latter are considerably larger.

At this stage nerve-fibres from the spinal nerves of corre-

sponding segments which give off muscle-buds may be

detected in the fin. This is a very much earlier stage than

the earliest at which nerves could be seen in the median fins.

The mesenchyme proliferates rapidly, while the ectoderm

is raised into a fold which projects from the ventro-lateral

surface of the body, parallel to its long axis. The mesen-

chyme forms a compact mass lying under the epidermis ; the

region next to the somatopleure is filled with less densely

packed tissue. The muscle-buds project far into the fin, but,

unlike those in the paired fins, are separated from the epi-

dermis by a layer of mesenchyme. Very soon the buds

disintegrate.

The region in which the first steps towards differentiation

of muscle first appear is the space previously occupied by the

muscle-buds. From the very first there are no traces of

metamerism in this muscle, although it is safe to assume that

the cells from the buds take part in its formation. About

the same time at a corresponding position on the opposite or

inner side of the fin a similar differentiation takes place. It

is not so likely that cells from the muscle-buds take part in

this. Between these two muscle-layers the cartilaginous

skeleton has by this time appeared. ‘The development of the

skeleton has received such thorough treatment at the hands

of Wiedersheim and others as to render further mention of it

here unnecessary.

The fin rotates so that its line of attachment to the body

makes an angle of about forty-five degrees with the long axis

of the body. ‘The inner muscle, of which the beginning

was described above, becomes the protractor or abductor

profundus, and the outer the retractor or adductor profundus.

‘Lhe superficial muscles develop before the twisting of the

fin takes place. ‘They are formed through differentiation of

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. 39

the mesenchyme cells which lie between the deeper muscles

and the epidermis. It is extremely improbable that cells

from the muscle-buds take any part in their make up. The

muscles and skeleton grow forward in the body-wall between

the ventral ends of the myotomes, so that eventually only a

very small portion of each of the muscles lies in the free

extremity. In embryonic stages these muscle-masses are

continued distally, without sharp dividing line, into the

mother-cells of the dermal rays.

The Pectoral Fin.—The pectoral fin diverges from the

primitive type more than the other fins, both in its definitive

structure and in its course of development. It develops

considerably earlier than the others, and lack of histological

differentiation of the tissues at that time renders its study

more difficult.

The first trace of this fin is to be seen in a thickening of

the somatopleure; the thickening of the ectoderm and its

fold arise later. This is in accordance with Boyer’s obser-

vations on Fundulus (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl. vol. xxiii.

no. 2). ‘The thickened portion of the somatopleure is not

contined to the ‘ pectoral plate,” but extends to the portions

ot the splanchnopleure, on the same level, and through the

nephrostome to the Wolffian duct. This thickened portion of

the peritoneum is due to the cuboidal or columnar character

of the epithelium composing it. Anteriorly, laterally, and

posteriorly to it the cells flatten out. ‘There is, just anterior

to it, a portion of the body-wall in which are numerous

mesenchyme cells derived from the head mesoderm. Ziegler

(Arch. t. mikr. Anat. Bd. xxx.) has regarded this as the

rudiment of the fin. Study of the later stages shows, how-

ever, that this region lies completely anterior to that in which

the tin develops.

At a somewhat later stage the cells belonging to the pectoral

plate become much more distinctly columnar than the others,

and, multiplying rapidly, soon become several layers thick,

and are much more densely packed than those lying anterior

to them. <A thickening of the epidermis now takes place,

which, unlike that of the ventral fin, consists in an increase

in size of the individual cells, and not in a multiplication of

the same. At the crest of the prominence which the prolife-

ration of the mesoderm has caused, the ectoderm is thrown

into a fold parallel to the axis of the body and extending

through three somites. In cross section the structure is

triangular; the somatopleure, which extends out over the

yolk-sac, is its base, and is nearly horizontal. In profile the

crest is semicircular. ‘Through rapid proliferation of the

40 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

mesoderm-cells the prominence becomes much more pro-

nounced, and soon the height greatly exceeds the breadth.

The cells which lie near the base are not so densely packed

as those lining the ectodermal walls.

In the meantime the myotomes have sent out processes

from their ventral growing edges; but instead of entering

into the fin-rudiment, as given by Kaestner (Arch. f. Anat. u.

Phys., Anat. Abth. Jahrg. 1892, p. 200) for Salmo and Boyer

for Fundulus, they become greatly elongated and, growing

forward, give rise to the coraco-hyoid muscle, as has been

described by van Wijhe (Verh. d. Konink. Akad. van Weten-

schappen, Amsterdam, Deel 22) for Pristiwrus and by van

Bemmelen (Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. iv.) for Lacerta. The first

myotome is at this stage quite rudimentary ; the second and

third lie entirely anterior to the fin, which is on a level with

the fourth, fifth, and sixth. The anterior end of the Wolffian

duct is opposite the middle or posterior portion of the fifth

segment. ‘The first myotome has no ventral process; the

second, third, and fourth send out long strands consisting

entirely of cells from the cutis plate. ‘These grow ventrally

in the somatopleuric wall of the pericardial cavity. After a

certain time the first one atrophies, the second and third bend

forwards and are followed by the fourth (from the fifth

myotome), which grows straight forwards and slightly ven-

trally. The foremost one becomes attached to the base of the

hyoid arch by means of a tendon, the stalks connecting the

buds with the myotomes atrophy, and the three buds unite to

form a muscle which takes origin from the membranous

shoulder-girdle, and is attached to the urohyal. This muscle

is still divided into three segments, at least in young fish, in

which the yolk-sac is entirely absorbed. The last of these

buds extends for one whole segment under the pectoral fin,

with the cells of which it is in close contact. Sections

through this, a little anterior to the point of origin of the

outgrowth, give such a figure as has been drawn by Kaestner

(fig. 32). This outgrowth is less well-defined than the

others, and in cross section it can often scarcely be distin-

guished from the mesoderm of the fin. It is not at all

unlikely that individual cells may detach themselves from it

and remain in the fin; but it is certain that as a mass it takes

no part in the formation of the fin-muscles.

The sixth myotome has a ventral process, which, however,

does not grow forward as the others do. It ultimately

pinches itself off from the whole length of the myotome, and

becomes an independent longitudinal strand of muscle-fibres

which runs dorsal to the attachment to the fin, but which is

————————

eee

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. Al

afterwards probably incorporated into the lateral muscle-

masses. The seventh and succeeding myotomes grow ven-

trally and are concerned in forming the ventral muscles of the

fish.

The changes that the fin has undergone are now consider-

able. The attachment has constricted considerably, at least

in comparison with the free portion, which has become a fan-

like expansion. With the absorption of the yolk the fin is

brought to the ventro-lateral surface of the body, and, rotating

on its axis, so that the line of attachment instead of being

parallel to the axis of the body now makes an angle of about

forty-five degrees with it, the anterior extremity is thus

brought into a corresponding position with that described in

the posterior. ‘he internal changes that have taken place

during this time are the differentiation of the central core of

cells into cartilage, and of the proximal portions of the super-

ficial mesenchyme layer into muscle. Jt may be regarded as

certain that the cells which give rise to these muscles originate

from the somatopleuric thickening, and, as ts the case with most

of the muscles of the ventral fin, are in no way connected with

the myotomes. At first there are but two muscle-masses, a

primitive abductor or protractor lying on the outer side of the

cartilaginous skeleton and an adductor or retractor on the

inner side. A superficial muscle is developed later from a

mass of cells lying just within the fin between the deeper

abductor and the inner epidermic wall. ‘The superficial pro-

tractor or abductor does not appear till much later, and

probably arises through delamination from the primitive

muscle, though I am not perfectly convinced of this.

The nerves of this fin are distinguished very early in its

development, just as in the ventral, ¢. e. before any differen-

tiation of the tissue has taken place. They arise from the

first four spinal roots. ‘The first root corresponds to the

second myotome, and its ramus ventralis unites soon with the

second nerve to form the hypoglossal. This gives off a branch

to the fin-plexus and one to the coraco-hyoid muscle. The

arrangement 1s completed very early in the life-history of the

individual, and seems to be quite typical for the Teleosts.

Recapitulation.

The mesodermic structures of the median fins are derived

from mesenchyme cells derived from the sklerotome and from

muscle-buds, which are outgrowths of either the dorsal or the

ventral edge of the myotomes. ‘To a certain extent these

fins retain their primitive metamerism, in that each muscle-

42 On the Development of the Fins of Teleosts.

bud may be traced directly into a certain muscle of each

segment of the fin. Other muscles are derived from cells

which are indistinguishable from mesenchyme cells, and

which are in all probability to some extent derived from the

same. ‘The segmentation of the extreme anterior portion of

the fins is secondary, although in the adult no difference can

be seen between the two portions.

The ventral fins show in the early stages of development

traces of a similar metamerism. ‘The buds in this case soon

disintegrate, and in the space occupied by them a single

muscle-mass develops—the adductor or retractor profundus.,

The other three muscles of this fin are developed from cells

which have arisen from the somatopleure, and perhaps also

from the sklerotome. ‘This condition in the Teleosts seems

to be a step between the Elasmobranchs and the Amphibia.

In Triton a few isolated cells break off from the ventral edge

of several myotomes and mingle with the cells of the poste-

rior extremity, which are, however, mostly derived from the

somatopleure,

According to Paterson (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxviii.)

the myotomes in the chick take no part in the formation of

the muscles of the limbs. Kaestner has cast doubt upon

this statement, but it is doubtful whether his grounds for so

doing are sufticient.

The pectoral fin is derived entirely from somatopleuric

cells. ‘lhe muscle-buds of this region are greatly moditied

and take part in the formation of the coraco-hyoid muscle.

I wish to postpone the full discussion of the meaning of

this diversity in the origin of the muscles until some obser-

vations on other forms are completed. It isin all probability

to be referred to delay in the differentiation of the component

parts of the fin until they take up their position within it.

In other words, instead otf so much connective and skeletal

tissue and so much muscle being contributed to the fin, it

receives cells which still retain the potentiality to become

any of these, and their position with regard to surrounding

cells rather than their origin determines their ultimate fate.

This work, undertaken at the suggestion of Prof. M.

Nussbaum, was carried on partly in the Anatomical Institute

in Bonn and partly in the Biological Laboratory of the Johns

Hopkins University.

Stee eee

On the Habits of the Amphictenide. 43

X.—On the Habits of the Amphictenide.

By ARNOLD T. WATSON.

ALTHOUGH the marine Annelids of this group are well known

as the skilful architects of tapering cylindrical tubes of fine

sand, there appears to be a difference of opinion amongst

naturalists as to their mode of life; and it may therefore be

of interest to record my own observations. Some authorities,

for instance, speak of the smaller end of the tube as found

uppermost, projecting from the sand, which is doubtless, as

we shall see, its normal position. Others, however (Pallas

amongst them), describe this position as reversed, the small

end buried and the wider one, which is occupied by the

animal’s head, exposed, or, at all events, close to the surface.

This at first sight does not seem unnatural; but when we

understand the object of the comb-like head-bristles, whose

function, so far as I am aware, has not previously been

explained, the vertical position, with the wide end exposed,

is seen to be a most disadvantageous one, and, excepting

under accidental or occasional circumstances, must be con-

trary to the habit of the worm.

I have at different times had several specimens of Pecti-

naria or Lagis under observation, and in all cases, when left

undisturbed, the worms buried themselves more or less com-

pletely in the sand, entering it by digging with their combs

(as with a fork), and making a passage through which the

wide portion of the tube first passed, followed by the narrower

part, the extremity of which was frequently left projecting

from the sand—the refuse from the animal being expelled

through the small end of the tube, which is usually inclined

to the surface of the sand, the small end uppermost. As

these worms are great travellers, the position varies some-

what, and the tube may occasionally assume the horizontal

or even the vertical position ; but in all cases the large end

is the advancing one. ‘The head-bristles or ‘‘ golden combs ”’

are used not only for the purpose of digging, but also probably

for sifting the sand, thus enabling the animal to select food

and suitable material for building. ‘This is evident from the

eager way in which the tentacles explore the fresh ground

laid open in the cavity formed by each “ toss” of the animal’s

head. The digging is continuous throughout the day, and it

is therefore probable that the worm does not, as at present

supposed, confine its building operations to the night-time.

The accompanying sketch shows the creature, natural size,

partially submerged in the sand and working close against

44 On the Habits of the Amphictenide.

the side of a glass vessel ; further off another is ejecting waste

material from the narrow end of its tube.

Whether each tube is the lifework of its tenant, or the tubes

are shed from time to time, as has been suggested, is an open

question; but I am strongly inclined to the former view, for

the following reasons :—

(1) Their construction is, as one would naturally expect

of such beautiful workmanship, very slow, so far as

I have been able to judge.

(2) In many tubes the small end is so minute that it was

evidently formed when the animal was very much

younger.

(3) The tube gradually increases in diameter towards the

mouth or growing edge (as in the tubes of other

annelids and shells of some mollusks), so that there

would appear to be no necessity and but little advan-

tage in shedding the tube ; while, on the other hand,

there would be, unless we assume a complicated

method of change, the great disadvantage of a

lengthened exposure of the delicate helpless body of

the worm. ‘The fact mentioned by Prof. M‘Intosh in

a paper recently contributed to the ‘ Annals and

Magazine of Natural History’*, viz. that “ the

smaller end of the tube has grains considerably finer

than the wider upper end,” would also appear to

support my view.

Sheffield,

June 8, 1894,

* Vide ser. 6, vol, xiii, p. 14,

On new Hymenoptera from Queensland. 45

X1.—Descriptions of One new Genus and Six new Species

of Hymenoptera Terebrantia from Queensland. By W. F.

Kirpy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum (Natural History), South Ken-

sington.

Tue following species were received, among others, from

Mr. Gilbert Turner, of Mackay, Queensland, for identification ;

and as they are of considerable interest I hasten to describe

them.

Tenthredinida.

Hytoromin.

Hylotoma apicale, sp. n.

Exp. al. 10 millim.; long. corp. 5 millim.

Mate.—Head and thorax black, face below the antennze

testaceous ; antenne ciliated; front tibiz and tarsi whitish ;

abdomen luteous, the terminal segment and the hinder half

above, except on the sides in front, black. Wings brownish

hyaline, iridescent.

Female differs as follows :—head rufo-testaceous ; abdomen

luteous, with only the apex black; antennee pubescent, not

ciliated.

Described from three specimens.

This is the first species of the genus described from

Australia. It is a small species, not closely allied to any

other.

PYERYGOPHORINZ.

Pterygophorus insignis, sp. n.

Exp. al. 32 millim. ; long. corp. 14 millim.

Female.—Head and thorax blue-black; nearly the basal

third of the antenne, a transverse stripe below the antenne,

the prothorax, a large spot on the pleura, the scutellum and

postscutellum, and the tibia and tarsi testaceous. Abdomen

black ; segments 2 and 3 testaceous, and 4 sometimes partly so

at the base, in the middle and on the sides above, and a long

equilateral triangle below, testaceous; segment 7 testaceous,

except a triangle at the extremity pointing forward, and a

short line on each side of its base; 5 testaceous on the sides,

and the curved arch above the saw testaceous.

46 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new

Wings yellowish hyaline; costa dull orange, a smoky bar

extending below its outer two thirds to the tip.

Described from two specimens.

Allied to P. tnterruptus, Klug.

Pterygophorus uniformis, sp. n.

Exp. al. 17-20 millim.; long. corp. 8-10 millim.

Both sexes with the head and thorax chalybeous green,

shining; abdomen with the middle segments (generally four,

sometimes fewer in male) luteous, edged before and behind

with violet-blue, the rest of the abdomen blue-black ; antennze

black, with very long pectinations in the male, and strongly

dentated in the female; legs testaceous; coxe, trochanters,

femora nearly to the tip, and often the tips of the tibia: and the

greater part of the tarsi, except the basal joint, blue-black.

Wings purplish hyaline; a black dot near the base of

the second submarginal cell.

Described from seven specimens.

A small species, varying little, and with sexes alike. It is

allied to P. analis, Costa, and to a species from Victoria

wanting the black dot, and with a lighter yellow band on the

abdomen, which is too much damaged to be worth describing.

LopHyYRIDINe”.

CLARISSA, gen. nov.

Female,—Antenne twelve-jointed, thick, subclavate, first

and second joints globose; third more slender, nearly twice

as long as the first and second together ; fourth rather longer

than these, and thickened to its extremity; fifth rather

shorter than the fourth, thickened at its extremity; the sixth

shorter and less thickened ; the remainder of nearly uniform

thickness, a little longer than wide ; the last two joints hardly

separated.

Neuration as in Hurys, Newman.

Clarissa divergens, sp. n.

Exp. al. 14 millim.; long. corp. 7 millim.

Female.—Rutfo-testaceous ; head, antenne, hinder part of

pectus, extremity of abdomen, four hind femora, tips of tibie,

middle tarsi above, and hind tarsi wholly black. Wings

iridescent hyaline, with blackish nervures.

Described from a single specimen.

The antenne differ so much from those of Hurys, which

Hymenoptera from Queensland. 47

has nine-jointed antenne, slender, well-separated, and not

remarkably thickened, that I have decided, with some

hesitation, to treat it as a new genus.

Eurys tnconspicua, sp. n.

Exp. al. 8 millim. ; long. corp. 4 millim.

Female.—Head and thorax eneous black ; antenne short,

not much thickened, third joint longest, the rest of nearly

equal length as well as thickness; prothorax and legs

luteous; meso- and metapectus black, with a slight eneous

lustre ; tips of hind tibiz.and more or less of four hind tarsi

black ; tip of antenne greenish black, most broadly beneath.

Wings yellowish hyaline, with broad nervures.

A single specimen.

Chalcidide.

EvcHarinz.

Rhipipallus (?) Turnert, sp. n.

Long. corp. 6 millim.

Male.—Antenne pubescent, twelve-jointed, scape rather

long; the fourth and following joints throwing off a double

series of long, stout, pubescent rami, the outer row one-third

longer than the inner.

Antenne black, head and thorax deep violet-purple ; vertex

narrow, metallic green; ocelli testaceous, in a straight line ;

thorax rugose-punctate, with a green shade in front, on the

sides, and at the edges ; petiole blue-green ; scape of antennz

beneath, jaws, abdomen, and legs rufous or rufo-testaceous ;

femora more or less blackish in the middle, hind femora some-

what thickened.

In this species and in R. Cameront, Kirb., the abdomen is

shorter and more elevated than in £2. volusus, Walk., the type

ot Rhipipallus ; but the rami of the antenne in &. Cameroni

are longer and more slender, and the hind femora are not

distinctly thickened. But I do not wish to multiply genera

until the Australian Chalcidide are better known, and there-

fore include the three species provisionally in one genus.

Described from a single specimen.

48 On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes of Porifera.

XII.—On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes of Porifera.

By Artuur T. MAsTerMAN, B.A., Assistant-Professor of

Natural History, University of St. Andrews.

Srvce the publication in the June number of this Magazine

of my short paper upon the above I have, through the

courtesy of Mr. G. Bidder, of the Naples Zoological Station,

been put in possession of a paper of his upon the same subject

(Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. li.). Before arriving at my own

results I had inadvertently overlooked this important work ;

and my conclusions in several points bear out those stated

by him.

Firstly, he finds that “In Heterocela the collars of the

collar-cells are at first mere fringes, which help to retain the

food and filter the water as it passes from the base of the cell

to the moving tip of the flagellum. When the cell is satiated

the flagellum ceases to move and degenerates; the collar

unites with the neighbouring collars to prevent the water

that is already filtered and already foul from returning past

the inactive area to pollute the afferent water-supply. When

the food has been digested the cells elongate and become

closely pressed together; the separation of their basal parts

takes place in the manner already described (‘In Leucandra

aspera and Sycon raphanus the collar-cell, after it has accumu-

lated a certain quantity of spherules in its base, splits off

this base by a transverse fission as a non-nucleated mass of

protoplasm, which we may term a “plinth” ’—p. 477), and

the distal parts start on a new cycle with hungry protoplasm,

active flagella, and separated collars.”

This conclusion only differs from that at which I arrived

in the fact that I have reason to believe that in the case [

examined the whole collar-cell degenerates to the amoeboid

condition. The process here described by Bidder is obviously

a stage in the differentiation of the endoderm cells into loco-

motory permanently collared cells, and permanently amceboid

(so-called “ mesodermic”’) digestive cells which I suggested

as being probable in the higher sponges (p. 495), just as the

separation of any organ performing any two main functions

into two distinct organs, each performing one of these func-

tions, will be preceded by steps in which the primary organ

will be divided into two parts more or less distinct, each

performing mainly one function, the separation of the two

functions taking place by degrees in time and space (cf uro-

genital organs and differentiation of sexes).

The above author also describes and figures “ Metschnikoff

NE eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeEOeEea>=>=E=-—eeEeee—EeeeEEeEeEeEE

A Visit to Damma Tsland. 49

cells,” which result from the amceboid degeneration of the

collared cells. These he traces to the ectoderm, and he

suggests that they are excretory in function.

Secondly, he finds that the ectodermal gland-cells (for

which he claims a general occurrence in sponges) are excre-

tory in function, and conduct a process of intracellular

excretion. [can find, however, no evidence in his paper of

the occurrence of diapedic nephrocytes, which are so clear a

feature in the form I studied, unless, indeed, his Metschnikoff

cells be shown later to leave the colony through the ectoderm.

The course of the metabolic circuit through the tissues,

including the identification of the endodermal choanocytes

and the so-called ‘‘ mesoderm,” both morphologically and

physiologically, and the part played by each in ingestion and

digestion, are all points in which Mr. Bidder’s conclusions,

arrived at independently and prior to my own, agree with the

latter, and confirm the doubts which I expressed with regard

to Lendenfeld’s deductions.

The importance of the collar-cell metamorphosis from a

phylogenetic point of view may be expressed in the statement

that further proof than at present exists must be forthcoming

before the presence of a true mesoderm or middle germinal

layer in the sponges can be accepted as an established fact.

XIIL—A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago.

By JAMES WALKER.— With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B.

SHARPE, G. A. BouLencER, E. A. Situ, R. I. Pocock,

C. O. WaterHousE, C. G. GAHAN, W. F. Kirpy, and

F. A. HERon,

THE voleanic island of Damma, one of the northernmost out-

liers of the Serwatty Group, is situated almost exactly halfway

between the large islands of Timor and Timor-Laut, and about

350 miles from the nearest point of the coast of Australia.

It is less than ten miles in length by about five miles wide,

and thus ranks among the smaller members of the great

Eastern Archipelago, while it is certainly one of the most

remote and least known of them all. Though the island has

been for some time in the possession of the Dutch, nothing

was known of its natural history previous to the visit of

H.M. surveying-ship ‘ Penguin,’ so far as I can ascertain,

except that a Dutch collector had landed there for a short

time and had procured a few birds. It was the cause of no

little satisfaction, both to myself and to my energetic fellow-

worker, Dr. P. W. Bassett-Smith, that orders were received

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 4

50 A Visit to Damma Island:

on board the ‘ Penguin’ to call at Damma on the voyage

from Port Darwin to Hong Kong, and to survey the principal

anchorage, Koelewatte Bay—a service which would occupy

several days in its execution, and afforded us a prospect of

work on a spot hitherto almost untouched by a naturalist.

The ‘ Penguin’ sailed from Port Darwin on October 28th,

1891, and a “few days were occupied in the survey of the

“Flinders Bank ” and other shoals on the edge of the region

of comparatively shallow soundings which extends for a long

distance from this part of the north coast of Australia. This

work being completed on November 4th, we shaped our

course for Damma, which was sighted at sunset on the follow-

ing day. ‘This island rises abruptly from profoundly deep

Ww ater, a depth of several hundred fathoms being found in the

entrance of Koelewatte Bay itself; and at a distance of about

forty miles to the southward we reached bottom at 2637

fathoms. Although at first sight Koelewatte Bay has the

appearance of a commodious harbour, the available space for

anchorage is very limited, the upper part being greatly en-

cumbered with sand-banks and coral-reefs, while it is fully

open to the easterly monsoon, which sends in a heavy sea.

At the time of our visit the weather was very fine and calm,

and we lay snugly enough in twenty fathoms water close to

the shore, opposite the crumbling remains of what had once

been a very strongly built stone watch-tower, of unknown

origin and antiquity.

Soon after we anchored, at 6.30 A.M. on November 6th,

the ‘ Posthonder,” or representative of the Netherlands

Government, came off to the ship in a dug-out canoe to pay

his official visit. He was a tall, grey- -bearded old man, a

Macassar half-caste, and was dressed in the orthodox but

most uncomfortable black cloth coat which is de rigueur on

all occasions of ceremony throughout the Dutch possessions

in this part of the world. His staff of office was a gold-

headed cane surmounted by the Royal arms of Holland. No

European lives here permanently, but the Resident of Am-

boyna, under whose rule Damma is placed, visits the island

annually in a man-of-war, and the mail steamer which makes

the round of the Aru, Kei, and other remote islands of the

Far East, calls here once in three months for a few hours.

This is the sole communication of Damma with the outside

world.

We remained at anchor in Koelewatte Bay until the even-

ing of November 11th, and during our stay the harbour was

surveyed, a full series of observations to determine the

magnetic elements was made, and the Doctor and I were able

Summary of the Visit, by J. Walker. 51

to ramble about on shore to our heart’s content. After the

monotony of the wretchedly sterile and featureless coasts of

North-west Australia, where we had spent the previous six

months, the aspect of this little island was most picturesque

and pleasing. ‘The Bay is enclosed on either hand by hills

of remarkable steepness and bold serrated outline, rising

abruptly from the water’s edge to a height of from 600 to

2000 feet; while from high-water mark (and even from below

this, if the dense growth of mangrove which fringes the shore

in many parts is taken into account) these hills are clothed

with a dense unbroken forest of the most vivid green, but

apparently not consisting of very large trees. On the northern

side of the Bay the fine volcanic peak rises to a height of

more than 4000 feet, emitting a constant stream of white

smoke from a large depression near its somewhat truncated

summit. ‘The upper half of the mountain is bare of forest

growth, and is seamed with huge rents and landslips, while

bright yellow patches of sulphur can be readily made out near

the top. Small quantities of this substance, in a finely erys-

tallized state, are occasionally brought down for export by

the natives. Even they do not appear to ascend the moun-

tain very often, and during the stay of the ‘ Penguin’ none

of our people mustered up sufficient energy to attempt to

reach the summit. ‘The ascent is represented by the inhabi-

tants as being very laborious, and not to be accomplished in a

single day. From the steepness and rugged nature of the

slopes of the mountain, and the dense and tangled nature of

the almost trackless forest which clothed its lower half, [ can

readily imagine that this is the case. The volcano appears

to have remained in its present quiescent state for many years

past.

We found it a matter of no small difficulty to penetrate for

any distance into the forest, as there were scarcely any paths

except in the immediate neighbourhood of the villages, and

prickly rattans and thorny bushes rendered the dense under-

growth almost impassable. ‘The shores of the Bay afford

somewhat easier walking, and on its north side, at the junc-

tion of the sandy beach with the rocks just above high-water

mark, are innumerable little springs and trickles of perfectly

fresh and pure, but almost boiling water. Some of the

larger springs are even utilized by the natives to cook their

food, and in none of them can the hand be held even for an

instant. In several places, indeed, the volume of hot water

flowing over the sand is so great that it is by no means

pleasant to walk over, even in thick boots. A beautiful clear

stream falls into the head of the Bay, and flows down a

Ae

52 A Visit to Damma Island :

picturesque gorge, shaded with fine trees, giving access for

nearly a mile into the interior of the island, beyond which its

rugged and rocky bed, encumbered with huge blocks of

trachyte, becomes quite impassable on foot.

Damma is rather scantily inhabited by two races of Papuan

and Malay type, who live in separate villages scattered round

the shore of the island, and appear scarcely, if at all, to inter-

mix with each other. As Dr. Bassett-Smith has given else-

where a detailed account of the inhabitants of Damma (Trans.

Anthropological Institute, Nov. 1893, p. 135 et seq.), it 1s

not necessary for me to say much about them here. Solla,

one of the principal Malay villages, is situated near the

head of Koelewatte Bay and consists of about thirty very

neat palm-leaf huts, surrounded by a well-made “ dry-stone ”

wall some eight feet in height, access being obtained to the

interior by means of wooden ladders. The land close to this

village, and about the mouth of the stream, is fairly level,

and is partly cleared, and roughly planted with tobacco,

bananas, a poor kind of bread-fruit tree, the jack-fruit (Arto-

carpus integrifolia), the rose-apple (Hugenia Jambos), and the

mango. ‘The last-mentioned tree attains to a great size, and

produces abundance of delicious fruit, which was just begin-

ning to ripen at the time of our visit. The coco-nut palm

flourishes everywhere near the sea, and is tapped for “ sagueir”

or palm-wine, which is a slightly effervescent milky-looking

fluid, somewhat like rather “hard” cider, with a slight but

pleasant flavour of the coco-nut, and is very refreshing to

drink in the heat of the day. The sago-palm also grows

profusely in swampy places, and furnishes the principal

sustenance of the natives; the process of preparing the sago

from the pith of the palm, in the curious washing-troughs

made from the tree itself (so admirably described by Dr. Wal-

lace in the ‘ Malay Archipelago’), was to be seen in full

swing on the bank of the stream. Some fine and curious

beetles were obtained by turning over the heaps of halt-

fermented fibrous refuse resulting from this operation.

The natives have a few pigs and fowls, and are expert

fishermen, using a cast-net in the shallows for small fish, and

shooting larger ones in the water with a peculiar arrow

having three barbed prongs of hard wood. Their canoes are

of exceedingly elegant shape and very creditable workman-

ship, and are hewn out, thwarts and all, from solid logs of a

large leguminous tree, which furnishes a soft white timber

very like the wood of the lime-tree. The tools used in the

work are small adzes, axes, and chisels, the finishing touches

being given by a “ parang,” or chopping-knife. Stability is

Summary of the Visit, by J. Walker. 53

imparted to these long narrow boats by means of outriggers

about ten feet distant from either side, and they are prac-

tically unsinkable.

We found these people, without exception, very friendly

and well-disposed ; the women and young girls were some-

what shy at first, but the small boys were inquisitive, as they

are in most other places. In my rambles I was usually

accompanied by three or four little urchins, with clothing

reduced to a minimum, and they proved very useful in

hunting up insects, land-shells, &c. for me. One beetle, a

large bronze-coloured Buprestid (Belionota Walkeri, Water-

house), was very abundant on felled timber, but was so

exceedingly shy and active on the wing as to defy my efforts

for a long time to secure one with a big net. The boys

caught them with their hands without the least trouble,

exactly as a schoolboy at home catches a “ bluebottle,” and

in a very little while they brought me as many specimens as

I wanted. On another occasion I was much amused at the

manner in which a little Papuan boy secured the large fresh-

water prawns (Palemon, sp.) which abounded in the deeper pools

in the bed of the stream. He took two long fibres from the

pinnule of a rattan-palm, one of which he formed into a running

noose, while a morsel of bait was attached to the end of the

other. On presenting this bait to a prawn, the creature at

once laid hold of it with its long chelx with an action ludi-

crously like that of a monkey, and, while thus busily engaged,

the noose was gently slipped over its tail and the Crustacean

flicked on to terra firma with a smart jerk, The boy caught

prawn after prawn in much less time than it takes me to

describe the operation; but neither my companions nor I

could secure a single specimen in this way, though we spent

more than half an hour in trying to do so.

A brisk trade was carried on with the natives for weapons,

such as heavy palm-wood bows, bamboo-arrows, and spears

with large lancet-shaped heads of soft iron &c., besides such

personal ornaments as long bamboo combs and neatly carved

bone and tortoiseshell earrings and armlets. Old clothes and

silver coins were readily taken im exchange for these, the

latter being much appreciated for working up into ornaments ;

but the number rather than the value of the coins appeared

to be taken into account when bartering, as a good deal more

could be obtained for four threepenny pieces than for a

shilling. ‘Tobacco was also eagerly accepted.

In the forest the most abundant birds were two very hand-

some large fruit-pigeons (Carpophaga concinna, Wall., and

C. rosacea, 'Temm.). ‘The deep booming notes of these birds

54 A Visit to Damma Island :

could be heard everywhere, especially in the early morning

and towards sunset, though in the thick jungle they were by

no means easy to see. The crop of nearly every specimen

shot was found to contain one or more entire nutmegs,

evidently from wild trees, as the nutmeg is not cultivated on

Damma. These imparted a peculiarly delicate flavonr to the

flesh of the pigeons, which were consequently the objects of

eager pursuit by our sportsmen. A very beautiful little

green fruit-dove (Ptelopus xanthogaster) was not rarely seen,

and flocks of small and very noisy green parrots frequented

the tops of the tall mango-trees, quite out of gunshot. I did

not meet with any white cockatoos, which are said to be

found on the island.

Butterflies were tolerably numerous, especially along the

course of the stream; but I was unfortunately not able to

secure examples of the three finest species seen. ‘These were

a large light-coloured Charazes and two handsome Papilios—

one a large black-and-white species evidently allied to the

Australian P. erechtheus, the other being, I feel almost sure,

the P. aberrans, Butl., recorded from Timor-Laut. Some

twenty-five species in all were observed, the most noteworthy

being two or three forms of Hupl@a, a red Danais (Salatura

laratensis, Butl.), a very pretty Neptis, a Precis (probably

P. timorensis, Wall.), two or three species of TYertas, and

several Lycenide. Nearly all these appear to be closely

allied to or identical with the species collected by Mr. H. O.

Forbes in Timor-Laut, and described by Mr. Butler (P. Z. 8.

1883, pp. 366, 367). Not the least interesting capture was

a large light-coloured female specimen. of that wandering

butterfly Anosta plexippus, L., which I shortly afterwards

met with abundantly in the islands of Amboyna and 'Ternate,

many thousands of miles away from its original American

home.

The Coleoptera were also well represented both in species

and individuals, and | found two recently made clearings in

which the stumps and such felled trees as had been allowed

to remain yielded a good harvest of small but very interesting

beetles under the loose bark and among decaying leaves and

fungi. ‘Two grand Buprestide, Cyphogastra abdominalis

and Pseudochrysodema Walkert, recently described by

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. x. pp. 410-412), were not rare here, flying in the bright

morning sunshine and settling on logs and stumps. These

beetles appeared to take a great fancy to one particular stump

of a large Micus tree near the top of a steep bank, and not

easily reached ; but, unlike another large Buprestid already

Summary of the Visit, by J. Walker. 55

alluded to, they were sluggish and heavy in flight, and were

not very difficult to catch. The bright yellow dorsum of the

Cyphogastra 1s very conspicuous when the insect is on the

wing. One of the most interesting beetles met with was a

singular form of the Heteromerous genus Platydema (asym-

metricum, Champion, Ent. Month. Mag. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 274),

the male of which is furnished with a single long erect horn

on the left side of the head. The Longicornes proved, to my

disappointment, to be very poorly represented here, as only

two or three species of this important group of beetles were

captured.

Other insects were fairly abundant, and I must not forget

to mention the mosquitoes, which were sufficiently numerous

and troublesome in the vicinity of water ; nor the ants, which

swarmed everywhere, and on one occasion got into my pith

helmet (used as a collecting-box) in myriads while I was

resting and dozing under a tree, and ate up my entire day’s

catch of butterflies. Fortunately the solitary specimen of

Anosia plexippus, which I valued more than any other, was

evidently not to their taste, as it escaped their devouring

jaws without the slightest damage. On the prickly leaves of

the Pandanus, or screw-pine, growing on the beach, a large

green “stick-insect’”? was frequently met with in pairs,

and was remarkable for emitting when handled a milky-

looking fluid, having a strong odour of peppermint, from the

thoracic spiracles.

I could only hear of one mammal indigenous to Damma,

this being a species of Cuscus, or eastern opposum (C. macu-

latus). One of the men procured a young specimen from the

natives, which, on its decease two or three days afterwards,

was handed over to me and duly put into spirit.

The result of our five days’ collecting was approximately as

follows :—

1 species of Mammalia.

9 species of Birds (skinned and preserved by Dr. Bassett-

Smith).

5 species of Reptiles.

7 species of Land and 3 species of Freshwater Mollusca.

100 species of Coleoptera.

30 species of Lepidoptera.

30 species of other orders of Insects.

1 Freshwater Crustacean.

As well as a large number of specimens of marine zoology,

collected by the doctor on the reefs and by dredging in the

harbour.

56 A Visit to Damma Island :

We finally quitted Damma on the afternoon of November

11th, enjoying a splendid view of the volcano as we steamed

slowly out of Koelewatte Bay; and I think that all on board

regretted that our stay at this interesting little island was

necessarily so brief, even though our next halting-place was

to be one of the most beautiful and famous localities in the

Eastern tropics—the island of Amboyna.

Zoological collections of great scientific interest were made

during the surveying-voyages of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin,’ under the

command of Captain W. U. Moore, by Messrs. J. J. Walker,

Chief-Engineer, and P. W. Bassett-Smith, Surgeon of the

ship. All these collections were presented by the Lords of

the Admiralty to the Trustees of the British Museum, and are

in progress of being worked out by the staff of the Zoological

Department. The following notes refer to the terrestrial

fauna only of the island.—A. G.

BIRDS. By R. B. SHarpe.

The small collection of birds obtained on Damma Island

apparently contains two species new to science. One of these,

Lthipidura Biittikofert, | have already described; and in the

present paper I add another species to the overwhelming

genus Zosterops.

So far as can be judged from this small amount of material,

the birds of Damma Island are almost identical with those

of Timor-Laut on the one hand and Timor on the other,

though some species, such as Rhipidura elegantula, may be

found peculiar to the Damma, Lettie, and Wetter group of

islands.

1. Rhipidura elegantula.

Rhipidura elegantula, Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mus, i. p. 28 (1879).

An adult specimen in rather poor condition. I think,

however, that there can be no doubt about the identity of the

bird with &. elegantula, which I described from a Lettie

specimen in the Leyden Museum.

2. Lhipidura Biittikofert.

Rhipidura Bittikoferi, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, no. iv. p. xviii

(1892).

An adult bird. This species is closely allied to Rhipidura

setosa, but is much darker brown above, being blackish brown,

not grey, and having much more white on the two outer

tail-feathers. Total length 6°8 inches, wing 3°4.

Birds, by R. B. Sharpe. 57

3. Graucalus melanops.

Graucalus melanops (Lath.), Sharpe, Cat, B. iv. p. 80 (1879) ; Salvad.

Orn. Papuasia, ii. p. 130 (1881),

One adult and two immature birds. This species has

somewhat a wide range in the Moluccas, being found not

only in Australia, but in New Guinea, the Aru and Kei

Islands, Amboina, and Timor.

4, Zosterops Bassetti, sp. n.

Similis Z. albiventri, sed paullo major, loris et gutture aurantiacis

nec sulphureis, et corporis lateribus cinerascenti-brunneis nec

isabellinis distinguenda.

Long. tot. 5-0 poll., culm. 0°6, alee 2°45, caude 1°75, tarsi 0°75.

This species belongs to the section of the genus Zosterops

which contains 7%. albiventer and Z, crissalis. It is very like

both these species, but is slightly larger than either of them.

The loral spot and the throat are of a deeper and more orange-

yellow, and the sides of the body are ashy brown, darker

than the same parts in Z. albiventer, but not so dark as in

Z. crissalis,

5. Stigmatops kebirensis.

Stigmatops kebirensis (A. B. Meyer), Salvad. Agg, Orn, Papuasia, ii.

p. 123 (1890).

A single specimen, which seems to be immature. The

scaling on the throat appears not to extend down the breast

as in S. squamata, but to be more confined to the throat, this

being one of the characters of S. kebirensis.

On looking over the series of these birds in the Museum, I

must say that I fail to see the characters for separating

S. Salvadori of 'Timor-Laut from the true S. sguamata from

Khoor, of which two specimens are in the Museum. It also

seems to me very doubtful if the distinctness of S. kebirensis

will ultimately be maintainable, for it appears quite probable

that the characters of this species are those of immaturity.

It should be noticed that, according to Count Salvadori,

Stigmatops chlorts is found on Damma; but the specimen

now sent is certainly not of that species.

6. Hirundo gutturalis.

Hirundo gutturalis (Scop.), Salvad. Orn. Papuasia, ii. p. 1 (1881)

Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p. 184 (1885).

A young bird just commencing its moult.

58 A Visit to Damma Island:

7. Psttteuteles euteles.

Psitteuteles euteles (Temm.), Salvad. Cat. B, xx. p. 64 (1891).

An adult male. Apparently a species confined to the

Timor group of islands, and already known from Timor,

Flores, Wetter, Lettie, Babbar, and ‘Timor-Laut.

8. Ptilopus xanthogaster.

Ptilopus vanthogaster (Wagl.), Salvad. Orn, Papuasia, iii. pp. 4, 554

(1882); id. Cat. B. xxi. p. 91 (1893).

An adult bird. This species has already been recorded

from Lettie, and it is also found in Banda, ‘Timor-Laut, and

the Kei Islands.

9. Carpophaga rosacea.

Carpophaga rosacea (Temm.), Salvad. Orn. Papuasia, iii. p. 89 (1882)

id, Cat. B, xxi. p. 198 (1858).

An adult male. Found in all the Timor group of islands,

and already recorded from Lettie, Kisser, and Wetter ; also

oceurs in the Kei Islands, Halmahéra, and Celebes.

10. Carpophaga concinna.

Carpophaga concinna, Wall., Salvad. Orn. Papuasia, iii. p. 81 (1882) ;

id. Cat, B, xxi. p. 186 (1893),

An adult male. This specimen has been recorded by

Count Salvadori in the ‘ Catalogue.’ The species is found

in ‘Timor-Laut and Banda, as well as in Matabello, the Kei,

Aru, and Sanghir groups.

REPTILES. By G. A. BoULENGER.

Of the five forms obtained, three are well known and

widely distributed, whilst two (Lygosoma striolatum and

Ablepharus Boutonti, var. furcata) are recent additions to

science, and were previously unrepresented in the British

Museum. They have been deseribed by Prof. Max Weber

in his ‘ Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederl. Ost-

Indien,’ 1890, from specimens obtained on the Island of

Flores.

Gecko veriicillatus, Laur.

Widely distributed species, ranging from Bengal, Burma,

and Southern China to the Moluccas and 'Tenimber Islands.

Shells, by Kk. A. Smith. 59

Calotes cristatellus, Kuhl.

The range of this lizard extends from the Malay Penin-

sula to the Moluccas and Tenimber Islands.

Lygosoma striolatum, M. Weber.

Two specimens were obtained by Mr. Walker: one has

40 scales round the body, like the type from Flores, the

other 42. In the specimen with 40 series of scales the

prefrontals are fused, the median suture having entirely

disappeared. In both the first supraocular is considerably

longer than the second,

Lygosoma fuscum, D. & B.

So far as we know at present, Damma Island is on the

western limit of the distribution of this lizard, which

inkabits the Moluccas, New Guinea, and Northern Queens-

land.

Ablepharus Boutonti, var. furcata, M. Weber.

Three specimens of this well-marked variety: two with

24 scales round the body, the third with 26; all three with

four upper labials anterior to the subocular and the charac-

teristic coloration so well described by Prof. Weber; the

stripes, however, instead of being white, are golden. ‘Total

length 77 millim.

LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS.

By Epear A. Smita.

The collection of land and freshwater shells, although small,

has a special interest, being the first which has been received

from Damma Island. It consists of seven species of land-

shells (one operculate and six non-operculate), a Neritina, a

Septaria, and a Cassidula. Jour of the non-operculate terres-

trial species are certainly new, and belong to the genera

Macrochlamys, Xesta, Chloritis, and Kulota. The species

belonging to these groups are, generally speaking, restricted in

their distribution, although the genera themselves may have a

fairly wider range. On the contrary, the sixth non-operculate

species belongs to the genus Opeas, the species of which, in

some cases at least, are almost cosmopolitan. The opercu-

late form, Leptopoma vitreum, is also very widely distributed.

60 A Visit to Damma Island :

The species of Nerttina, Septaria, and Cassidula also belong

to forms which have a great range, as might be expected,

for the species of these genera, in many instances, are notorious

for their wide distribution.

In comparing the terrestrial fauna of Damma Island, we

naturally seek a comparison with that of the most adjacent

localities. The islands of Timor and Timor-Laut are the

largest tracts of land in the vicinity, and Damma lies about

midway between them, but a little more northward. The

terrestrial mollusca of both Timor and Timor-Laut are more

or less perfectly known, and there certainly is a close resem-

blance between the shells of those islands, especially Timor-

Laut, and those occurring at Damma. All the genera found

by Mr. Walker at the latter locality are represented on

‘Timor-Laut with one exception—the Macrochlamys, and the

Lamprocystis mentioned by Dr. O. von Méllendortt* may be

considered its equivalent. In one instance the species are

extremely closely related, namely, Hulota subcornea with

LE. hemispherica, and in the case of Corasia and Leptopoma

the same species occur in both localities.

1. Macrochlamys pseudosuccinea.

Testa minute perforata, conoideo-depressa, nitida, semipellucida,

flavo-cornea, lineis incrementi tenulssimis striata; spira brevis,

conoidalis, ad apicem obtusiuscula; anfractus 5, convexiusculi,

infra suturam concave marginati, ultimus in medio acute rotun-

datus, sed haud angulatus, vix descendens; apertura oblique

lunata; peristoma tenue, margine columellari leviter incrassato,

superne dilatato et reflexo, umbilicum semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 12 millim., min. 103, alt. 8; apertura 6 lata, 5 alta.

Four specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Walker.

The largest, the measurements of which are given above, has

half a whorl more than the rest and is probably adult.

In the younger shells the columella is more upright than

in the more mature shell, and forms a more or less distinct

angle with the basal margin of the aperture.

M. succinea, Pir., from the Philippines, recalls the general

appearance of this species. It is, however, smaller, and yet

has more numerous whorls.

2. Nanina (Xesta) dammaensis.

Testa minute perforata, depresse conoidea, in medio carinata, fusco-

cornea, interdum linea rufa angusta supra carinam pallidam et

* Nachrichtsblatt deutsch, malak. Gesell, 1892, pp. 81-102.

Shells, by E. A. Smith. 61

suturam cincta, maculis irregularibus opacis Iuteis plus minus

picta, nitida, lineis incrementi tenuibus, aliis obliquis et spiralibus

decussatis sculpta; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, subceleriter accre-

scentes, supra suturam anguste marginati, ultimus ad peripheriam

subacute angulatus, haud descendens, infra paulo convexior quam

supra; spira breviter conica, vix convexiuscula, ad apicem sub-

obtusa; apertura obliqua, fusco-cornea, in medio linea rufa et

carina albida translucentibus ; peristoma tenue, margine superiore

obliquo, parum arcuato, ventrali late curvato, columellari paulo

incrassato, superne breviter reflexo, rimam semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 25 millim., min. 22, alt. 15; apertura 13 lata, 113 longa.

Six specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Walker,

three being adult and three about half-grown. In the young

state none of that opaque yellowish or creamy mottling which

sometimes occurs in the adult is visible. It is present in two

out of the three adult examples, the third being of a rich

brown colour above, somewhat paler beneath, and whitish at

the peripherial keel. The oblique sculpture, which is rather

irregular and scratchy, is exactly in the opposite direction to

the lines of growth.

I do not know any species very closely allied to the

present form. It is somewhat like XX. glutinosa, Metcalfe,

from Borneo as regards general form and the carinate peri-

phery. N. Peaseana, Ptr., said to come from Timor, is a

larger species, less acutely keeled, more opaque, and more

strongly obliquely striated. It was considered a form of

N. rareguttata by Tryon, who never saw a specimen of it;

but in my opinion it is sufficiently distinct.

3. Eulota subcornea.

Testa anguste umbilicata, parva, depresse globosa, semipellucida,

cornea, oblique tenuiter et arcuatim striata, lineis spiralibus

microscopicis confertis sculpta; spira mediocriter elata, leviter

convexa, ad apicem subobtusa ; anfractus 43, convexiusculi, regu-

lariter crescentes, ultimus haud descendens, ad peripheriam postice

subacute carinatus, carina labrum versus fere evanida; apertura

obliqua, lunata; peristoma pallidum, leviter incrassatum, superne

vix expansum, inferne reflexum, margine columellari leviter

dilatato.

Diam. maj. 10 millim., min. 83, alt. 7; apertura 4 longa et lata.

This species must be very similar in many respects to ZL.

hemispherica trom Timor-Laut, judging from Méllendorft’s *

description. It is, however, smaller and the peristome is not

rose-tinted. It appears to be similarly minutely striated, has

* Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1892, p. 90.

62 A Vistt to Damma Island :

the same kind of spire, a sharpish keel at the periphery, and

a smooth nucleus.

4. Chloritis dammaensis.

Testa depressa, suborbicularis, umbilicata, mediocriter tenuis, fusce-

scens, haud nitida, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata, undique

minute punctata ; anfractus 4, convexi, sutura profunde sejuncti,

ultimus ad peripheriam acute rotundatus, antice breviter descen-

dens; spira depressa, ad apicem obtusa; apertura late lunata,

obliqua; peristoma tenue, ceruleo-albidum, breviter expansum

et reflexum, margine columellari superne dilatato, reflexo.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 14, alt. 10; apertura 7 alta, 5 lata.

Chloritis Micholitzt, Mollendorff*, from Timor-Laut, is a

similarly depressed species, but otherwise different in form.

Its aperture is much more elongate and the body-whorl

descends more obliquely and is more regularly rounded and

not so shouldered as in the present form. The upperside of

C. ursina, Pfeiffer, from the Admiralty Islands is peculiarly

like that of C. dammaensis, but the form of the aperture and

the sculpture are different.

5. Cochlostyla (Corasia) ten’mberica, Moéllendorff.

Cochlostyla (Corasia) tenimberica, Molldff. Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal.

Gesell. 1892, p. 97, pl. i. fig. 2.

A single specimen from Damma is a little larger than the

type, having a major diameter of 263 millim. On comparison

with an example trom Timor-Laut, the columella appears a

little different, being less thickened, and the reflexed white

callus in the umbilical region is wanting. In other respects

the shells are so alike, that I have no doubt of their being

conspecific.

6. Opeas Tucker, Pfr. ?

Hab. Sir Charles Hardy’s Island, North Australia, &e.

Dr. Méllendorff quotes O. gracile, Hutton, from Timor-Laut,

but that species is more acuminate or tapering than the speci-

mens from Damma. ‘These are hardly so slender as the type

from Hardy’s Island, but are very similar to other examples

of this species from Mabuiag, N. Australia.

7. Leptopoma vitreum, Lesson, var.

The three specimens from Damma appear to agree with var.

intermedia, Martens (Reise Ost-Asien, Zool. vol. ii. p. 144).

* Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1892, p. 95, pl. i. fig. 5.

Arachnida, by R. 1. Pocock. 63

Two of them are immature, very thin, and of a semitrans-

parent white colour. The remaining specimen is full-grown,

with oblique olive-brown stripes above and a broad zone of

the same tint around the umbilicus. Beside the peripherial

keel, there are three others, somewhat finer, which encircle

the upper part, and the entire surface is finely spirally striated,

In general form they resemble Marten’s figure 5, var. latélabris,

rather more than the figure of var. cntermedia (fig. 4).

8. Cassidula sulculosa, Mousson, var.

The form of this species occurring at Damma differs from

the type from Java and other localities both in colour and the

notch in the upper part of the labrum. ‘These specimens are

of a very dark black-brown colour, with a single yellowish

line at the shoulder of the body-whorl, which is also of a

flesh tint at the base below the keel. The lip is also of a pale

reddish or flesh tint, but the notch at the upper part is very

slight, a mere sinuation and not a decided sharp incision as in

the typical form. This variety also occurs at the Louisiade

Archipelago.

9. Neritina corona, Linn., var.

The specimens from Damma Island agree with the variety

figured by Reeve under the name of V. subgranosa, Récluz

(Conch. Icon. fig. 24). This form also occurs at the Louisiade

Archipelago and the Philippine Islands.

10. Septaria borbonica, Bory St. Vincent.

The specimens collected by Mr. Walker appear inseparable

from this species, which is common to Mauritius, Madagascar,

and the neighbouring islands. ‘The occurrence of specimens

at Damma agreeing precisely with examples from Mauritius

seems very remarkable, but | have already recorded an equally

interesting case of wide distribution in a species of the allied

genus Neritina, namely NV. crepidularia. This species, which

is common in the delta of the Ganges, at Ceylon, the Kastern

Archipelago, &c., also occurs on the Gold Coast, West Africa.

ARACHNIDA. By R. I. Pocock.

ScorPIONS.

Archisometrus mucronatus (Fabr.).

This species ranges from Burmah, through Sumatra and

Java, to Celebes and Flores.

64 A Visit to Damma Island :

Hormurus australasie (Fabr.).

This species is also widely distributed over the Indo-

Malayan and Austro-Malayan areas.

SPIDERS.

Nephila, sp.

An immature female example, apparently about half-grown.

Pisttus spectabilis (Dol.).

Pistius spectabilis (Dol.), Verh. Nat. Vereen. Nederlandsch Indié, y

p. 56, pl. vi. fig. 7 (1858-1859).

This species was originally described from Amboyna, and

Dr. Thorell (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. xvii. p. 332, 1881) has

subsequently recorded it as P. pustulosus, L. Koch, from New

Guinea, Kei Island, and Aru Island. It also occurs in the

north-eastern parts of Australia.

COLEOPTERA (partim). By C. O. Wareruouss.

CaARABIDE.

Tachita nana, Gyll. Europe, Siberia, N. America.

ALEOCHARIDA.

Homalota, sp.

STaAPHYLINIDA.

Philonthus, sp.

Leptacinus flavipennis, Kz. Ceylon.

PEDERID &.

Lithocharis curtus, Kz. Ceylon &c.

PIAstTID #.

Lispinus, sp. Under bark of Ficus.

,sp. Under bark of Ficus. :

Leptochirus Beccari, Fauy. Common in heaps of sago-refuse.

ScyDM=NID®.

Eumicrus, sp. Under bark.

HIsTERID®.

Platysoma cribropyum, Mars. Philippines &e.

Epverus, sp.

Paromalus, sp.

All these Histeride were found under bark.

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 65

NirivuLip.

Carpophilus flavipes, Kr. Singapore &. Under bark of Ficus.

Genus 2? Near Carpophilus.

Cotypimp®.

Ditoma, sp.

Colobicus, sp.

PSD:

Synchita rugulosa, Guér.? West Indies. Under bark.

Colydium ??, sp.

, Sp.

CuctsID=.

Hectarthrum brevifossum, Newm. Java, Borneo.

Inopeplus trepida, Pascoe. Dorey.

Lamophleus plicatus, Watl. Europe.

, Six other species.

Platycotylus inusitatus, Oluiff. Andamans, Australia.

Silvanus unidentatus, F.? Europe.

CryYPToPHAGID®.

2

Genus

LATHRIDIIDE.

Holoparamecus singularis, Beck. Cosmopolitan. Under bark.

HyproruHinip ®.

Cyclonotum dytiscoides, Fabr.

decayed stems of banana.

— hydrophiloides, McLeay. China, Java, &c. In wet sago-refuse.

, Sp.

FievLip 2,

Figulus, sp. (near manillarum, Hope). Under bark,

Malacca, Java, Celebes, &c. In

CrronlIDz&.

Cetonia (near intricata, Saund.). Not in good condition.

BupreEstip&.

Pseudochrysodema? Walkeri, Waterh. Sometimes flying, at other

times in company with the following on stumps of Ficus.

Cyphogastra abdominalis, Waterh.

Belionota Walkeri, sp. n. Everywhere on fallen timber; very

active.

EucnEMID.

Soleniscus ?, sp. Under bark of felled Ficus in a clearing.

DAsciLiip 2.

Ptilodactylus?

CLERID&.

Tenerus Moorei, sp.n, Under bark of newly felled /reus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 5)

66 A Visit to Damma Island :

CroIp&.

Minthea rugicollis, Walker. Ceylon, China, Saylee.

Cherostus (gen. nov.) Walkeri, sp.n. This and the foregoing were

found in numbers in dry fungus on stumps.

TENEBRIONID&.

Opatrum dispersum, Champion.

moluccanum, Blanch. Amboyna &c. Under logs.

Bradymerus clathratus, Schaufuss. Sunda Island.

Hoplocephala?

Platydema asymmetricum, Champion.

sodale, sp. n.

Macassar.

plagiatum, sp. n.

All these species were under loose bark.

Pachycerus, sp., very near domesticus, Montr.

Palorus depressus, Fabr.? Under bark.

minor, sp. nu. Under bark.

Toxicum ruficolle, Pascoe. Under bark.

Amarygmus, sp. Under bark.

ANTHRIBIDA.

Plintheria?

Encorynus, sp.

Arwocerus, sp.

BRENTHID.

Orychodes, sp.

Cyphagogus, sp.

Genus ?

CURCULIONID®.

Celeuthetes cinerascens, Blanch. Australia,

Sweeping herbage.

Camptorhinus, sp.

Acalles, sp.

Myctides, sp.

Phenomerus exilis, Pascoe. Australia.

Oxydema, sp.

Stenotrupis ?

Sphenophorus tincturatus, Pascoe. Celebes, Batchian, Mysol.

decayed banana-stems,

> SP.

ScoLyrip&.

Hylesinus ?

Cryphalus ?

Eccoptopterus sexspinosus, Mots.

Morty,

Aru,

scriptipenne, Chevr. “ Madagascar” *, India, Siam, Java,

&e.

In

* Has not this locality been originally misread? a specimen | in

Mr. Pascoe’s collection is from Macassar. I think P. bifasciatum, Chevr.

(Dorey), may be a variety.

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 67

Tomicus ?

Crossotarsus, sp.

Platypus solidus, Walker. Ceylon, Celebes.

CoccINELLID®.

Epilachna, sp.

CorYLOPHID®.

Aphanocephalus, sp.

Eroryiip&.

Episcapha australis, Lac. Australia, Batchian, &e. In fungus,

common.

Aulacochilus cyaneipennis, sp. 1

Euvestus Parki, Woll. Madeira, Island of Rodriguez, &c.

New Species and Notes.

Buprestidae.

Pseudochrysodema (?) Walker’, Waterh.

Aureo-viride, nitidum ; thorace subtiliter punctulato, linea mediana

vix elevata levi, lateribus leviter impressis crebrius punctatis, basi

utrinque fovea parva insculpta; elytris nigro-cyaneis, convexis,

punctatis, haud costatis, ad apicem bene acuminatis acute serratis ;

tarsis flavis, unguibus zeneis ; antennis articulis 3°-11” nigris.

Long. 15 lin.

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1892, p. 411, I described

this and the following species from Mr. Walker’s specimens.

P. Walkeri is somewhat intermediate between Pseudochr 'Y/80-

dema and Paracupta; but I have not thought it desirable to

propose a new genus for its reception.

Cyphogastra abdominalis, Waterh.

Viridis, nitida; thoracis disco utrinque cyaneo suffuso ; elytris sat

fortiter punctatis, ad apicem leevioribus, fere nigris, ad latera

postice aureo-viridi suffusis, margine ipso cupreo tincto ; corpore

subtus aureo-viridi, lateribus abdomineque late cupreis, hoc vittis

quatuor sordide albis ornato.

Long. 13-16 lin.

Very like C. nigripennis, Th., but rather broader and more

strongly punctured, with the apex of the elytra formed as in

C. calepyga, Th.

Belionota Walkert, sp. n.

It is always with great reluctance that I give a name to

what many would consider a variety, but this is one of the

cases in which I feel obliged to do so. The examples brought

by Mr. Walker are constant in coloration and are very dif.

Xa

68 A Visit to Damma Island

ferent from any specimens of B. fallaciosa, with which in

every other respect they agree. The general colour is brassy

brown, a colour common in Sphenoptera (e.g. S. rauca) but

not in Belionota. ‘The hind angles of the pronotum are

obscure violet. The abdomen is obscure steel-blue, with the

sides and a spot in the middle of each segment coppery, the

sides in some examples being reddish coppery.

Cleridz.

Tenerus Mooret, sp. n.

Aurantiacus, nitidus; thorace maculis duabus, elytris fasciis duabus

latis, antennis, tibiis tarsisque nigris.

Long. 5 lin.

Var. Elytris nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

This species very much resembles the African 7. variabilis,

but it is more strongly punctured. Thorax very slightly

transversely impressed before the middle, with an elongate

smooth tubercle at the base, on each side of which is a dis-

tinct impression ; in front there are two rather large black

spots. Elytra with a rather broad blue-black fascia at the

base, and a rather broader one just before the apex, both in-

terrupted by the suture, and not quite reaching the margin.

The knees, tibiz, and tarsi are black.

A small specimen, which appears to me to be only a variety

of this species, has the two black spots on the thorax united

into one large spot, but there are traces of a red line in its

middle. The elytra are black, but a little red may be traced

at the extreme apex and in the middle of the lateral margin.

Cioide.

Minthea rugicollis, Walker.

I have just compared the types of Ditoma rugicollis,

Walker (1858), and Minthea similata, Pascoe (1863), and

they appear to me to be the same species. Both these authors

place this insect in the Colydiide. It is, I think, un-

doubtedly allied to Lyctus—in fact, scarcely separable from

that genus.

CHEROSTUS, gen. nov.

Head when at rest concealed from above by the prothorax,

Eyes slightly reniform, coarsely granular. Antenne eleven-

jointed, the basal joint moderately large, the second irregularly

globose, the third narrower; the following joints gradually

becoming wider, the ninth and tenth very transverse, the

eleventh broader than long, rounded at the apex. Mentum

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 69

subquadrate ; ligula broad, narrowed at the base, with its

anterior angles rather prominent; labial -palpi acuminate at

the apex. Maxillz small, rather short and broad; the inner

lobe small, fringed with soft hairs; the terminal part of the

outer lobe short and broad, fringed on its inner and apical

margins with long, dense, rather stiff hairs. Mandibles tri-

angular, very acute at the apex, with a small tooth beyond

the middle. Prosternum very short; the intercoxal process

narrow, arched; coxal cavity closed behind. The anterior

coxee somewhat transverse, moderately prominent ; tibie elon-

gate, a little wider at the apex; outer margin serrate, with a

slightly curved hook at the apex at the insertion of the tarsus.

Intermediate coxe very slightly separated, transversely ovate.

Metasternum rather short, its episternum very narrow. Pos-

terior coxee transverse. Posterior tibie elongate, a little

widened at the apex, denticulate at the truncate apex, without

spurs. ‘Tarsi four-jointed *, the claw-joint a little longer than

the three basal joints united. Pronotum separated trom the

prothoracic episterna by an acute margin. Scutellum distinct.

Elytra costate.

This genus is very closely allied to Hutomus, but the struc-

ture of the antenne is quite different; the anterior coxe are

a trifle more prominent; the metasternum shorter. In form

it is even more like Hledona than EHutomus is.

The pubescence on the head of Ch. Walkert is very sug-

gestive of Xylophagous affinities, but the position of the genus

is, I think, certainly with the Cloide.

Cherostus Walkert, sp. n.

Oblongus, bene convexus, fusco- vel rufo-piceus, opacus; antennis

pedibuspue rufo-piceis ; capite confertim punctato, antice leviter

concayo, aureo-pubescenti, antice cristato ; thorace transverso,

couvexo, antice parum angustato, confertim fortiter punctato,

rugoso; elytris parallelis, costatis, costis acutis, angustis, nitidis,

interstitiis rugosis.

Long. 13-13 lin. t

* If there be a fifth it is entirely within the tibial cavity.

+ An allied species from Port Bowen, E. Australia, has been for some

years in the british Museum. I propose to call it

Cherostus Simpsont.

C. Walkert valde affinis, ferrugineus, opacus ; capite convexo, confertim

punctato, antice nitido, calvo; thorace confertim fortiter punctato ;

elytris costatis, interstitiis rugosis.

Long. 13 lin.

A trifle smaller than C. Walkeri, without pubescence on the head, and

with the costze of the elytra so narrow that they do not appear shining,

70 A Visit to Damma Island :

Tenebrionida.

DiTsAPERIN”.

Platydema sodale, sp. n.

Ovale, convexum, nitidum, flavum; elytris v-nigra ornatis.

Long. 14 lin.

Head moderately closely and rather strongly punctured.

Eyes separated above by a space equal to rather more than

the width of the eye. Thorax rather closely and moderately

strongly punctured, but the punctures are of unequal size ;

a fine smooth median line extends from the base to near the

front margin; there is a slight impression on each side of the

base. Elytra with lightly impressed striw ; the stria closely

and very distinctly punctured; the interstices gently convex,

closely and extremely finely punctured ; yellow, with a narrow

blackish-brown basal band (not extending beyond the humeral

callus), and a broader band across the middle, not quite

reaching the margin, slightly emarginate behind in the third

interstice ; both bands united by black at the suture. Antennze

with the fourth joint scarcely enlarged, the fifth distinctly

broader, the following joints transverse.

Platydema plagiatum, sp. n.

Ovale, convexum, nitidum, piceo- nigrum ; ore, antennis pedibusque

rufo-piceis; thorace rufo, subtiliter crebre punctulato, basi

apiceque infuseato; elytris evidenter striato-punctatis, fascia sat

lata ante medium (in sutura interrupta) apiceque flavo-rufis.

Long. 27 lin. ;

Antenne dilated from the fourth joint. Head finely but

distinctly punctured. yes large, separated above by a very

narrow space. ‘Thorax red, blackish brown at the base and

behind the head, very finely and rather closely punctured,

the punctuation more distinct at the sides than on the disk,

the extreme lateral margin blackish. Elytra black, with

distinct lines of punctures, the punctures close together, the

dorsal lines fine and not impressed, the lateral ones stronger

and impressed ; interstices closely and extremely finely punc-

tured, the lateral ones very slightly convex. Hach elytron

has near the base a transverse rectilinear yellow spot ex-

tending from the margin to near the suture ; this spot is only

a trifle wider than the black at the base; the apical spot

occupies the greater part of the apex, extending on the

margin itself to the first spot and to the sutural stria at the

apex, leaving the suture black, the black widening out above.

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 71

Uromins.

Palorus minor, sp. 1.

Statura P. depressi, angustior, nitidus; elytris tenuiter striato-

punctatis.

Long. 1} lin.

Resembles P. depressus in general form, but is much

smaller, much narrower, paler in colour, and more shining.

The thorax is narrower, narrowed at the base in the same

way, very much more finely punctured. Elytra more parallel,

with lines of very fine but distinct punctures, the punctures

appearing slightly irregular in size; the interstices rather

narrow, nearly flat, each with a line of extremely fine and

delicate punctures. The fifth stria is more impressed for a

short distance at the base, and the interstice beyond it is

rather more convex, giving the appearance in certain lights

of a short costa.

Toxicum ruficolle, Pascoe.

This species was described from Matabello by Mr. Pascoe

under the name Anthracias ruficollis (A. M. N. H. 1853, xi.

p- 489), and he placed with it a specimen from Saylee which

he considered a variety of it, having a black line down the

middle of the thorax.

The specimen from Saylee is Zoxicum Chevrolati, Montr.

(1855), described from Woodlark Island; specimens are in

the Museum collection from New Guinea, and were described

by Mr. F. Bates as Towxicum picticolle (1873).

T. ruficolle difters from 7’, Chevrolati in having the thorax

entirely red, in being a trifle larger, and in having the pro-

sternal process less strongly punctured and less strongly

grooved at the sides.

Erotylide.

Aulacochilus cyanetpennis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidissimus ; elytris lete cyaneis, striato-

punctatis; ore, autennis, pedibus abdomineque piceis; anten-

narum clava, femoribus tiblisque plus minusve infuscatis.

Long. 13 lin.

Head moderately finely and moderately closely punctured.

Thorax more finely and moderately closely punctured ; at the

extreme base and at the margins the punctuation almost

vanishes and the surface is slig eltly dull. Elytra blue, striate

punctate, the dorsal lines fine and scarcely impressed, the

lateral ones rather more strongly punctured and moderately

deeply impressed, the lateral interstices distinctly convex.

[To be continued. |

72 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Descriptions of a new Genus and two new Species of African

Freshwater Crabs. By Mary J. Rarupun. |

Tue crabs described below were found in mud under boards and

timbers by Mr. J. H. Camp at Stanley Pool, Congo, West Central

Africa.

Family Thelphuside.

Parathelphusa Campi, sp. u.

Carapace subquadrilateral, conspicuously punctate. Depression

between the gastric and cardiac regions deep. Protogastrie lobes

prominent, separated by a median groove which extends backward

from the frontal margin. The postfrontal crest begins behind the

base of the eyestalk and is continued to the lateral margin; it is

finely denticulate and is almost straight, sloping backward and

outward. Front a little more than one third the width of the

carapace, deflexed, divided by a very shallow sinus into two lobes,

with a raised margin, which is continued to the postfrontal crest.

Superior orbital margin sinuous, advanced in its middle portion.

Postorbital tooth acute, prominent. Lateral branchial spines

three. In one of the two specimens there is a spinule between the

first and second spines and a short fourth spine on the left side.

Between the first spine and the posttrontal crest there are two or

three spinules, forming a short ridge in the same line with the

postfrontal crest. From the last spine a raised line extends back-

ward upon the carapace, and is followed by several broken parallel

lines. The inferior margin of the orbit is rather deeply rounded

below the outer angle; from that point the margin is directed

inward and forward ; the inner angle is obtuse; the margin is set

with a row of bead-like granules. The terminal segment of the

abdomen of the female is subtriangular and the length is nearly

half the width. The merus of the maxillipeds is very transverse,

the antero-external angle rounded, the antero-internal angle not

deeply cut.

Chelipeds of female unequal ; merus rugose above, inner margin

tuberculous, with a sharp spine just below the margin; carpus

with two spines on the inner margin. Hand slightly inflated;

upper margin straight, lower slightly convex. Fingers irregularly

toothed and almost touching. Ambulatory legs rather slender,

flattened ; propodal joints indistinctly spinulous on the margins.

Measurements (No. 18065, two females).— Length of larger speci-

men 21°5 millim., width 29°5; length of smaller specimen 19,

width 27.

This species in its three lateral teeth resembles P. pecilei,

A. Milne-Edwards, but differs from that species in its narrower and

more quadrate carapace and interrupted postfrontal crest.

Erm™erorvs, gen. nov.

Carapace arcuate anteriorly, quadrate posteriorly, moderately

convex. Front advanced beyond the antennular cavities, composed

of two distinct rounded lobes. Orbits narrow ; eyestalks tapering

Miscellaneous. 73

to the extremity. Postfrontal crest short and inconspicuous or

wanting. Lateral margins spinous. The merus of the maxillipeds

is transverse, the antero-external angle rounded, the palpus articu-

lating at the internal angle, which is very slightly notched. Cheli-

peds with a row of spines on the anterior margin of the carpus.

Ambulatory legs with margins spinous.

Erimetopus spinosus, sp. n.

Carapace about four fifths as long as broad, convex longitudinally,

postero-lateral margins long, sloping slightly inward and backward,

antero-lateral margins arcuate. The cardiac region and the poste-

rior portion of the gastric region are outlined by shallow depressions.

Front about one third the width of the carapace, advanced, two-

lobed, lobes separated by a broad Y-shaped sinus. Margin of front

and orbits granulous. Orbits well-defined, the outer angle a sharp

incurved spine. There are two protogastric lobes, little elevated

and often not discernible, except by two transverse lines of a lighter

colour. A very shallow median groove extends backward from the

frontal margin and forks directly behind the protogastric lobes,

The postfrontal crest, when present, is short, arcuate, tuberculous,

and indistinct ; it begins back of the cornea, and fora short distance

is nearly straight, directed outward and slightly forward, then

curves almost parallel to the antero-lateral margin. In most speci-

mens, however, the crest is obsolete, indicated only by the smoothly

rounded elevation behind the orbit. Antero-lateral margin with a

row of from five to eight spines next the orbit, of which the orbital

spine is the largest. The spines are irregular in size and position.

On the anterior branchial region are five or more marginal spines

separated by a space from the hepatic spines; the anterior is by far

the larger and is sometimes bifid. The others decrease in length

posteriorly. The suborbital margin is granulous except at the notch

beneath the postorbital spine. The abdomen of the female covers

the sternum.

Chelipeds in the female unequal. The margins of the merus are

spinulous, the upper margin with a sharp spine near the carpus, the

inner surface tuberculous at its base, the lower surface with a

transverse tuberculous ridge at its distal end. The carpus has two

strong spines on its inner margin and a row of about seven smaller

spines on the anterior margin, two of which are close to the condyle

of the manus and are separated by a wide interval from the

remaining spines. Sometimes one of the spines is bifid, and occa-

sionally additional spinules occur on the upper surface behind the

marginal spines. The manus is slightly swollen, with a convex

lower margin and almost straight upper margin, which sometimes

in the smaller cheliped has a small sharp spine at the distal end; in

a few specimens there are one or two spines at the proximal end.

Fingers irregularly dentate on their prehensile edges and slightly

gaping. The ambulatory legs are rather broad, flattened; meral

joints with two spines at the distal end: carpal and propodal joints

strongly spined above; carpal joints with distal spines in the first

pair and often in the second and third pairs ; propodal joints with

a few spines below ; dactyli with four rows of spines.

74 Miscellaneous.

Measurements (No. 18066, female). — Length 30:5 millim.;

reatest width 38 ; width between postorbital spines 19.

The male is unknown.

This species can be distinguished from other Thelphuside by its

produced round-lobed front, narrow orbits, and numerous spines.—

Proc. Nat. Mus, vol. xvii. no. 980, pp. 25-27. (Communicated by

the Author.)

The Dipterous Parasites (Sarcophagidee) of Locusts.—Apteny and

Parasitic Sterilization. By M. J. Ktncxen p’Herconats.

Among Diptera the countless species comprised in the family

Muscide furnish their contingent of enemies of the Locust, some of

which attack their victims in the perfect stage, while others prey

upon the eggs which are deposited in the ground; not content with

playing a beneficent ré/e in contributing to a large degree to arrest

the multiplication of the Acridians, they present biological pecu-

liarities and possess physiological attributes which are worthy of

being recorded.

We shall devote our attention in the first instance to the Muscidz

which prey upon Acridians.

At the time of the great invasion of Northern Africa by migratory

locusts in 1866 it was found at different points in Algeria (military

subdivisions Aumale and Médéah) that Muscid larve were present

in a certain number of these insects*. In 1889 the considerable

invasion of Stauronotus maroccanus gave an opportunity of making

fresh observations in the Department of Constantine, in civil as well

as in military territory; 1 myself found around Constantine, which

was besieged by the Acridians, that a quantity of Stawronotus, as

well as of other species, were affected; but it was not until the

year 1890, at Teniet-el-Haad (Department of Algiers), that I was

able to carry out methodical investigations. Just as in the previous

year, I observed everywhere where the bands of locusts, escaping

from destruction, had acquired their wings, that numbers of

individuals crawled along among the herbage without having been

able to follow their companions, the flights of which traversed the

air. I had some sacks full of them collected: a few days afterwards

some hundreds of larvae were crawling at the bottom of these sacks.

Tf the return of 18897 showed that 65 per cent. of the locusts

lagging behind were infected with parasites, thet which I made in

1890 gives the number thus affected as 75 per cent., and a_post-

mortem examination revealed the fact that each Stawronotus con-

tained one, two, or three Muscid larve.

These larvae hid themselves immediately in earth which was

supplied to them in order to undergo the transformation into the

* Letter of the General of Division commanding the province of

Algiers (General de Wimpffen) to the Marshal the Governor of Algeria

(Marshal MacMahon), 25th July and 5th August, 1866: registered

nos, 2541 and 2776.

+ Return drawn up at my initiative by the exertions of M. L. Tardieu,

administrator of the mixed commune of H’hiras (Department of Con-

stantine), Observations of M. Chartrousse, deputy-administrator.

Miscellaneous. v5)

pupal stage; after the lapse of from eight to ten days the pupe

produced specimens of Sarcophaga clathrata, Meigen *,

This Muscid is widely distributed in Algeria: I have bred it

from larve derived from Stawronotus maroccanus as well as from

Acridium cegyptium and other indigenous species ; but it is not the

only Sarcophagid which in that country may be parasitic upon

Acridians ; from specimens of Stauronotus I have observed larvee

emerge which have developed into Sarcophaga atropos, Meigen,

S. cruentata, Meigen, and S. nurus, Rondani; and from migratory

locusts larvee which have foes S, (Agria} affinis, Fallén, and

likewise S. nurus, Rondanit ; this latter is, Moreover, a common

species.

The larve of the parasitic species of Sarcophaga are admirably

adapted for passing their existence in the body-cavities of their

hosts, and differ in a remarkable manner from those which live in

the open air in dead bodies—from those of S. carnaria, L., for

example; they have neither the form nor the external aspect of

common maggots}; the posterior stigmata, which are situated

upon the last ring of the abdomen, are placed at the bottom of a

cavity, which can be closed more or less completely by means of an

upper and two lower lips; they are composed, in larvze which have

attained their full size, of three pairs of oblique clefts. ‘The arrange-

ment of the external organs of respiration is in itself alone s sufficiently

characteristic to justify the separation of the parasitic Sarcophagids

from their congeners.

The habits of the adult insects are no Jess specialized. The vivi-

parous flies follow the bands of locusts. which they harass unceas-

ingly. If we possess the requisite patience we may sometimes

surprise a female in the act of inserting her curved oviduct between

the anal plates of the victim, which she has selected in order to

deposit thereon a tiny larva, girdled with several rows of spinules,

which will be able to open a passage for itself in order to penetrate

the body of the insect which is destined to harbour it.

This parasitism, owing to its physiological consequences, is of the

first importance, for in the case of the locusts it destroys the power

of aerial locomotion and suppresses the reproductive faculty. By

absorbing for their own respiration the oxygen dissolved in the

sanguineous plasma of their host, and by clscrene the adipose

tissue from which the latter has to derive the constructive principles

of the organic elements of new formation, the larve of the Sarco-

phaga are the cause of a general insufficiency of nutriment for

the tissues ; they smite with impotence the elevator and depressor

* Bull. de la Soc. d’Agr, d’Alger, 34° année: Bull. no. 103, 1891, p. 4

(séance du 15 mai, 1891). Dépéche algérienne, no. 2111, 19 mai, 1891,

+ A preliminary determination of the species was made according to

the types of Meigen and Macquart, preserved in the collections of the

Museum; a second and independent determination, which served to

control the former, was solicited from Dr. R. H. Meade, of Bradford, who

is so widely known fur his knowledge of the Muscidze, and to whom I

here convey my best thanks. Cf. J. Kiinekel d’ Herculais, ‘ Les invasions

des Acridiens, vulgo Sauterelles, en Algérie,’ pl. i. S. elathrata, larva and

adult, figs. 20-22 5 S. nurus, fig. 23 ; S. affinis, tig. 24.

ii Loe. cit. pl. i. fig. 20, a, 8, “and ¢,

76 Miscellaneous.

muscles of the elytra and wings, which remain in a feeble condition

and incapable of continuous action, and they induce atrophy of the

internal organs of generation. The intensity of the arrested deve-

lopment and atrophy is, we may conceive, proportional to the

number of larve that are contained in the body-cavity of the

victim ; but, at any rate, the infected Acridians perish immediately

the Muscid larve have left them; the exit of the larve, which is

effected at the junction of the head with the thorax, or of the thorax

with the abdomen, from the tympanic cavities or the intervals of

the abdominal rings, is always accompanied by mortal lesions.

The presence of Sarcophagid larvee consequently occasions in

Acridians, by a kind of rachitis, apteny (aarnv, flightless), to use a

neologism which it seems to me useful to create, and parasitic

sterilization (“ castration parasitaire”), to employ the happy expres-

sion of Prof. Giard *.

To the already long list of gonotomous parasites, furnished by this

naturalist, we shall have to add the larve of entomobious Diptera.—

Comptes Rendus, t. cxviii. no. 20 (May 15, 1894), pp. 1106-1108.

The Distribution of Coccide. By T. D. A. Cockrretn,

Las Cruces, New Mexico 7.

It would be difficult to point to any groupof insect pests the ravages

of which have been more seriously increased by human interference

than the Coccide. As a general rule when one finds Coccids under

strictly natural circumstances they are local in their distribution,

and their attacks are confined to one or two species of plants. But

now that we continually carry plants from one country to another,

we take with them Coccide of many kinds; and already some scale-

insects are so cosmopolitan by human introduction, that it is very

difficult to guess where they originally came from.

It is a matter of common knowledge amongst economic ento-

mologists that the evils thus arising are on the increase; and I

would submit that the outlook is a very serious one t. Even in the

temperate zone we have become familiar with the injuries done by

Coccidz in countries where they are not indigenous; but in the

tropics the state of affairs is beyond anything one could easily

imagine without having seen it. Coming to New Mexico from

Jamaica I experienced a kind of surprise at not seeing the leaves of

the roadside trees spotted with Diaspine and Lecaniine, although

I knew quite well that such appearances were not to be looked for

* A. Giard, “ La Castration parasitaire et son influence sur les carac-

tires extérieurs chez les Crustacés décapodes ” (Bull. sc. du Départ. du

Nord, 2° série, 10° année, 1887, nos. 1 and 2, p.1); ‘La Castration para-

sitaire: nouvelles recherches ” (Bull. sc. de la France et de la Belgique,

3° série, t. xix. vol. i, 1888, pp. 12 ef seg.) See also the subsequent

memoirs upon the same subject.

+ Read by the secretary, in the absence of the author, at the Fifth

Annual Meeting of the Association of Economic Entomologists, held at

the University of Wisconsin, Aug. 14, 1893.

{ I here assume that anything which decreases the food-supply of the

human race is disadvantageous. This is not the place to discuss those

artificial conditions whereby abundance is made a cause of scarcity, and

the wealth of some depends upon the want of others.

Miscellaneous. ch

so far north. In Jamaica, if instructing an inexperienced person to

collect Coccide, it would almost be sufficient to say ‘* gather leaves

of various trees that grow about the town.”

The luxuriance of tropical vegetation is such that the harm done

by Coccide is not so great as one might expect from their abun-

dance ; but still their presence is often the occasion of annoyance

and injury to growers of field and garden crops. On the whole I

see no reason to doubt that Coccide do more injury in the tropics

than elsewhere, although their ravages have not very frequently

been recorded ; and probably there is no tropical country whose

Coccid fauna is not at the present time being increased by intro-

ductions.

Having said so much, I wish to call your attention to a few facts

which have come under my own observation, hoping to illustrate

thereby the more important phases of the subject.

The number and variety of neotropical Coccide have not been

sufficiently realized in the past, owing to the fragmentary nature of

our information concerning them. At the present time those of the

West Indies are better known than the species inhabiting the main-

land; but even here the records are exceedingly imperfect. Jamaica

has 61 recorded species, but Cuba has less than half a dozen; and I

cannot discover a single record from Haiti. The Coccide of the

Bahamas are almost entirely unknown, although the Caicos and

Turks islands have each produced an interesting endemic form. In

the Lesser Antilles, thanks to Mr. C. A. Barber, Antigua has 16

records ; but of the other islands only one has as many as half a

dozen, the figures being Barbados 7 (only 5 actually published),

Montserrat 4, Grenada 3 (records not yet published), and Nevis,

St. Kitts, and Dominica 1 each. ‘Trinidad has 14 species (some not

fully identified), but owing to the exertions of Mr. F. W. Urich I

shall shortly be able to add considerably to this figure. The

Mexican list stands at the absurdly low figure of 26, which includes

12 found by the present writer recently while travelling through

that country. It will be understood how insufficient are the

published records when I mention that not one of the species I found

Was previously known from Mexico, so far as I have been able to

ascertain. The list from British Guiana exceeds 20, but very few

species are known from other parts of South America. For Brazil

I find mentioned about half a dozen, for Chile 4, for Ecuador 1, and

so forth.

Yet these beginnings of knowledge already indicate some inter-

esting facts in geographical distribution.

Aspidiotus articulatus, Morg., is known from Demerara, Trinidad

(St. Ann’s, on Pandanus, coll. by F. W. Urich), Barbados, Nevis,

Jamaica, and Mexico (Vera Cruz). It has not been detected in

Antigua, where it must be absent or rare, else Mr. Barber would

surely have found it.

Aspidiotus personatus, Comst., is known from Demerara, Bar-

bados, Cuba, and Jamaica. I did not find it at Vera Cruz ; and, what

is more interesting, Mr. Urich after some search has been unable to

detect it in Trinidad.

78 Miscellaneous.

These two species, where they occur, infest many kinds of culti-

vated trees and shrubs, and are quite noticeable. Up to the present

time neither has been detected in the United States, although if

introduced they might probably manage to exist in the extreme

south. Both probably are spreading through human means. A. ar-

ticulatus probably originated in South America; but A. personatus

is more likely a native of the Greater Antilles, its absence in Trinidad

favouring this supposition.

Aspidiotus ficus, Riley MS., Ashm., abounds in Jamaica, and is

also known from Cuba and Florida. It is likewise common at Vera

Cruz, Mexico. Probably it is a native of the Greater Antilles, but

possibly of Mexico; it has apparently been taken to Japan, whence

it was brought to California, according to Mr. Craw. It does not

appear to occur yet in the Lesser Antilles, Trinidad, or Demerara.

It is against its being of Mexican origin that I could not find it on

oranges sold in that country, except at Vera Cruz, which is a most

likely place for any scale to be imported. Mr. H. Tryon reports it

from Australia.

This, like the two before mentioned, feeds on many plants. It

seems probable that unless means are taken to prevent their intro-

duction into various countries on plants all three are destined to

become universal in the tropics. Any one who has seen them in

Kingston, Jamaica, where they all abound in the same locality, will

appreciate the undesirability of this from an agricultural and horti-

cultural point of view.

Aspidiotus aurantii, Mask., has a very curious distribution:

Australia, Tahiti, California, New Zealand, South Europe, and the

West Indies. Who shall say where it originally came from? But

the curious thing about it is that in Jamaica it is not found on

citrus-trees, but principally on lignum-yite (Guaiacum), occasionally

also on cycas * (at King’s House) and areca. Its place on the citrus-

trees In Jamaica is occupied by A. articulatus.

Aspidiotus punice, Ckll., presents another instance of difference of

food-plant according to locality. In Jamaica it is found principally

on pomegranate, never, so far as I know, on coconut; but in

Dominica Mr. Barber found it infesting the coconut-palm, just in

the way that Aulacaspis Boisduvalit infests it in Jamaica,

A fact that should not be lost sight of is that tropical Coccide

may be taken from one side of the world to the other, vid hothouses

in temperate climates. It is wonderful what a lot of interesting

forms have turned up in hothouses in Europe. Signoret mentions

no less than forty-eight found in such situations, and Douglas and

Newstead have recorded several from greenhouses in England, the

most recent addition being Pseudinglisia rodriquezie, Newst., which

appears to be referable to my genus Conchaspis. Some time ago I

wrote to Kew, urging that an entomologist should be appointed to

inspect the plants distributed by that institution to all parts of the

world. Mr. D. Morris kindly replied in great detail, stating that at

Kew they took all possible care, and that probably private importers

* (Mr. Cockerell subsequently wrote us that this is not 4. auranti, but

probably A. dictyospermt, Morg.—Ebs. of ‘Insect Life.’ |

Miscellaneous. 79

and exporters were in most cases responsible for the wide distribu-

tion of certain Coccide. Be this as it may, it is clear that the

scale-insects manage to travel, and it is difficult to see how Kew or

any large dealer in exotic plants can avoid transmitting pests unless

the plants are under the strict supervision of an entomologist. This

leads one to think of quarantine regulations, which have not yet

been dreamed of in England; and, so far as present methods go, no

doubt Kew is altogether superior to the average of private firms, as

Mr. Morris states. The consequence of this state of affairs is that

one never knows what will turn up in a given locality. Chionaspis

minor, Mask., described from New Zealand, now proves to be

common in the West Indies. Dactylopius calceolarice, Mask., from

New Zealand and Fiji, is discovered in Jamaica. Lecanium mangi-

fere, Green, from Ceylon, is detected in Jamaica and Demerara.

A Ceroplastes from Antigua, which I believe to be the same species

as ©. Cassie, Chav., of Brazil, does not appear to differ from

CO. Dugesti, Licht. MS., Twns. (of which I have specimens), from

Mexico, and these again seem identical with the Indian C. ceriferus,

Anders. Mr. Maskell pointed out this latter fact to me, and he has

been so good as to forward Indian specimens of C. ceriferus, which

seem to bear out his opinion as to the identity. I have all three

now before me, but Mr. Maskell had only compared the Antigua

form with (. ceriferus.

Such instances become more numerous as fresh information comes

to hand. Thus Asterolecanium (vel Planchonia) pustulans, CkIL.,

known from Demerara, the West Indies, and Florida, was lately

detected by myself at Vera Cruz, Mexico; and Mr. Maskell writes

me that he knows it from Brazil and the Sandwich Islands. When

I promised this paper I thought of preparing something more elabo-

rate than these few notes; but the distractions attendant on a

change of residence, and the temporary detention of my books in

Mexico City through the blundering of a transfer company, have

made it impossible to adequately gather together the statistics. Nor

have I tried to discuss the distribution of Coccidee within the United

States, as I have nothing fresh of importance to contribute, and

among those present are some doubtless much more competent to

speak on this subject than myself. Yet the principles are the same

throughout, and the evident indications are that we should endeavour

to increase the knowledge of Coccid distribution by all possible

means, and so far as possible to prevent their importation into fresh

countries. If my view is correct, now is the time to insist on the

necessary precautions, as in fifty or a hundred years it will be

altogether too late.

In conclusion I will give a list of the Coccids I found this year in

the Marine Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica. This locality is in the

midst of the town, and it will afford an illustration of the Coccid

fauna of the island as now found on cultivated plants. It may be

seen at a glance that nearly all the species have been found in

distant localities, and it may well be doubted if the scale-insects as

a whole belong any more to the original fauna of Jamaica than the

plants on which they are found do to the flora.

80

Coccidee of the Marine Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica, April 1893,

Miscellaneous.

. Dactylopius longifilis,

Ce tS

PET IO

“I

{9.¢)

| 10.

. Aspidiotus

. Chionaspis

. Pinnaspis

Species.

Comst.

virgatus, CKil..

Asterolecanium pus-|

tulans, Chl.

. Lecanium ole, Bern.

terminalize, Ck.

hesperidum, Z.

hemispheericum,

Targ.

. Ceroplastes floriden-

sis, Comst.

articu-

latus, Morg.

ficus, Riley MS.,

Ashm.

sacchari, Ckl..

personatus,

Comst.

3. Diaspis lanatus, Ckil.

. Aulacaspis

Boisdu-

vali, Sign.

5. Pseudoparlatoria os-|

treata, Chil.

minor,

Mask.

. Ischnaspis filiformis,

Dougl.

pandani,

Comst.

| Plants infested.

On a palm; and | juv. on upper-

side of leaf of stur-apple.

.| Sev eral juy. on leaf of coconut.

On pink oleander; very abun-,

dant and injurious.

der, and many on twigs of

star-apple, attended by ants.

On Terminalia.

One on a palm; found by my

wife.

On an orchid ; on a palm.

On oleander; on upperside of

leaves of star-apple.

On oleander, with newly-hatched

larvee, which are orange; on

Citrus; on upperside of leaves

of star-apple.

On upperside of leaves of pink

oleander; on underside ot

leaves of rose; on Cvtrus;

many on upperside of leaves

of an orchid.

.| On sugar-cane.

On a palm.

On oleander.

On coconut ;

yellow.

On Acalypha.

Q pale lemon-

On a palm.

On a palm.

On coconut.

(On Terminala ; on pink olean-)

Distribution elsewhere.

District of Columbia (under glass).

(Endemic so far as known.)

Montserrat, Demerara, Florida,} ]

Mexico, Brazil, Sardwich Islands} }

Antigua, Mexico, California, Flo-

rida, South Carolina, France,

Australia, New Zealand.

Mexico. i

Mexico, Sandwich Islands, South} |

Africa, Europe, Georgia, Utah,} |

California, Florida, New York,

District of Columbia, Ohio.

Trinidad, Antigua, Montserrat,New]

Zealand, Pennsylvania, California,

Australia, Europe (under glass). |

Florida, Louisiana, Barbados: (on

leaf, apparently Chrysophyllum),

Nevis, Barbados, Trinidad, Deme-

rara, Mexico.

Cuba, Florida, Mexico, Japan, Kew} |

(under glass), Australia.

(Endemic so far as known.)

Barbados, Cuba, Demerara.

Antigua.

Barbados, Trinidad

Europe (under glass),

(Endemic so far as known.)

(Uxich),

Trinidad, Antigua, New Zealand.

Trinidad, Antigua, Grenada, Deme-

rara, District of Columbia (under

glass), London (under glass).

Trinidad, Massachusetts (under

glass).

Thus, of eighteen species all but three are known outside of

Jamaica (and it is very doubtful if these are confined to the island,

although not yet found elsewhere), while eleven have been detected

outside of the neotropical region,—Jnsect Life, vol. vi, no. 2,

pp- 99-103.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 80. AUGUST 1894.

XIV.— On the Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac.

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

In his valuable paper, “On the Zoo-geographical Relation-

ships of the Island of Palawan and some adjacent Islands” *

Mr. A. Everett has shown that Palawan, together with other

islands west of Mindoro Straits, should be regarded as forming

part of that district of the Indo-Malayan subregion to which

Borneo belongs, as its fauna has much more in common with

that of the latter island than with the Philippines proper. His

conclusions were derived from a study of the mammals and

birds. Of the reptiles and batrachians very little was known

at that time. A new snake from Palawan (Callophis bilinea-

tus) had been described by Peters in 1881, a new toad by

myself in 1887 (Bufo philippinensis), and a widely distri-

buted Agamoid lizard ( Calotes cristatellus) had been recorded

in the British Museum ‘Catalogue of Lizards.’ A list of

eight species has since been contributed by Dr. Mocquard

(Nouv. Arch. du Muséum [3] u. 1890). Thanks to an

important collection made tor the British Museum by

Mr. Everett himself on Palawan and Balabac, we are now

able to draw up the following list of the species of reptiles

and batrachians represented on these islands. Mr. Everett’s

conclusions are entirely confirmed so far as these classes of

animals are concerned.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 220, with map.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 6

82 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

1. Cyclemys dhor, Gray.

Palawan, Balabac.

" Known from the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and

ava.

LACERTILIA.

2. Hemidactylus platyurus, Schneid.

Balabac.

From Southern China and the Himalayas to Java, Celebes,

and the Philippines.

3. Gecko verticillatus, Laur.

Palawan, Balabac.

From Southern China and Bengal to the Philippines, the

Moluccas, and Timor-Laut.

4. Gecko monarchus, D. & B.

Recorded from Palawan by Mocquard.

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java,

Celebes, Moluccas,

5. Draco volans, L.

Palawan.

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

6. Calotes cristatellus, Kuhl.

Palawan, Balabac.

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java,

Celebes, Moluccas, Timor, Timor-Laut.

@. Varanus salvator, Laur.

Palawan.

From China and Nepal to Cape York.

8. Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl.

Balabac.

From Sikkim and Burma to the Philippines, the Mo-

luccas, and 'Timor-Laut. ‘

OPHIDIA.

9. Polyodontophis bivittatus, sp. n.

Palawan. ‘Two male specimens.

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 83

Rostral twice as broad as deep, just visible from above ;

internasals shorter than the prefrontals; frontal once and

two thirds as long as broad, longer than its distance from the

end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal as deep as

long; one preocular; two postoculars, both in contact with

the parietal; temporals 2+2, the lower anterior wedged in

between the sixth and seventh labials; eight upper labials,

third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as long as

the posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 153-155; anal

divided ; subcaudals — ? (tail mutilated). Black above, with

two white streaks commencing on the parietal shields and

running along the sixth series of scales and the adjoining

halves; a white cross bar on the forehead, occupying the

anterior two thirds of the frontal and supraocular shields; a

series of white spots along the upper lip; lower parts white,

with a black dot or spot at the outer end of each shield.

Total length 490 millim.

In the coloration of its upper parts this snake shows a

remarkable similarity to Adeniophis bilineatus, which inhabits

the same island.

10. Tropidonotus spilogaster, Boie.

Palawan.

Only known from the Philippines.

11. Tropidonotus chrysargus, Schleg.

Palawan, Balabac.

From the Eastern Himalayas and Southern China to

Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.

12. Coluber erythrurus, D. & B.

Palawan.

Philippines, Sooloo Islands, Celebes.

13. Coluber oxycephalus, Boie.

Balabac.

Eastern Himalayas, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

Philippines, Java, Celebes.

14. Dendrophis pictus, Gm.

Balabac.

From the Eastern Himalayas and Bengal to the Philip-

pines and Moluccas.

GE

84 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

15. Dendrelaphis caudolineatus, Gray.

Palawan, Balabac.

Southern India, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

16. Calamaria Everetti, Blgr.

Palawan.

Two specimens are referred to this species, recently

described (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 525) from Sarawak.

They differ, however, from the type in the coloration. The

dark nuchal blotch and yellow collar are absent, and in one

of the specimens a series of black dots runs along the middle

of the belly. Ventrals 184 and 175; subcaudals 16 and 18.

17. Dipsas dendrophila, Schleg.

Palawan.

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java,

Celebes.

18. Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boie.

Palawan, Balabac.

From the Eastern Himalayas to the Philippines and

Timor.

19. Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid.

Palawan.

From India and Ceylon to New Guinea and the north

coast of Australia. Enters salt water.

20. Nata tripudians, Merr.

Palawan.

From ‘Transcaspia and Southern China to Sumatra,

Borneo, the Philippines, and Java.

The young specimen obtained on Palawan by Mr. Everett

is black, with 11 whitish annuli, the first interrupted on the

nape and confluent with the white of the throat and upper

lip. 23 scales across the neck, 19 across the middle of the

body. Ventrals 185; subcaudals 47, second and third entire.

This form is intermediate between the true N. tr¢pudians

and N. sputatrix.

21. Adeniophis bilineatus.

Callophis bilineatus, Peters, Sitz. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1881, p. 109.

Palawan, Balabac.

The following diagnosis is taken from two specimens

obtained by Mr. Everett, a female from Puerto Princesa and

a male from Balabac :—

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 85

Frontal as long as its distance from the rostral, consider-

ably shorter than the parietals ; one pree- and two postoculars ;

temporals 1+2; six upper labials, third and fourth entering

the eye; chin-shields two pairs, subequal, the anterior in

contact with four labials. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals

245 (¢) and 268 (¢) ; anal entire; subcaudals 29( ¢) and

25 (9). Black above, with two white streaks along the

body, commencing on the parietal shields, and running along

the fourth and fifth series of scales; outer row of scales

white, with a black longitudinal streak or a series of black

dots; upper lip and a blotch across the prefrontal shields

white; belly with black cross bars, each involving two or

three ventral shields and separated from each other by two

to tour white shields ; tail orange or pink, with two or three

black blotches or rings.

Total length 710 millim., tail 45.

22. Amblycephalus boa, Boie.

Palawan, Balabac.

Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Philippines, Java, Moluccas.

23. Trimeresurus formosus, Schleg.

Palawan.

Sumatra, Borneo.

24. Trimeresurus subannulatus, Gray.

Palawan.

Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes.

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA.

1. Oxyglossus levis, Gthr.

Balabac.

Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Philippines.

2. Rana macrodon, D. & B.

Palawan, Balabac.

Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines,

Java.

3. Rana palavanensis, sp. n.

Palawan. ‘Three female specimens.

Allied to R. modesta, Blgr., Dorie, Blgr., Limborgit,

W. Sclater, and Hascheana, Stol. Vomerine teeth in two

86 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

oblique oval groups, commencing on a line with the hinder

edge of the choane. Head moderate, as long as broad;

snout short, rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit ;

canthus rostralis angular; loreal region slightly concave ;

nostril equidistant from the orbit and the end of the snout;

interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum

distinct, three fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers mode-

rate, the tips dilated into small disks; first finger extending

slightly beyond second; toes moderate, two-thirds webbed,

the tips dilated into small but very distinct disks ; subarti-

cular tubercles moderate; inner metatarsal tubercle elliptic,

blunt, two fifths the length of the inner toe; no outer meta-

tarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia as long as the

fore limb. Skin nearly smooth; posterior half of upper

eyelids warty; a narrow glandular dorso-lateral fold; a fold

from the eye to the shoulder. Brown above; sides of snout

below the canthi blackish ; temporal region light; a dark

cross bar between the eyes; a A-shaped blackish inter-

scapular marking ; dorso-lateral folds edged with blackish on

the outer side; limbs with regular dark cross bands ; lower

parts whitish.

From snout to vent 43 millim.

4. Rana varians, sp. 0.

Palawan. Several specimens.

Closely allied to R. temporalis, Gthr. Vomerine teeth in

two oblique series extending beyond the level of the hinder

edge of the choane. Head depressed, longer than broad ;

snout obtusely or acutely pointed, prominent, longer than the

diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region

nearly vertical, strongly concave; nostril nearer the tip of

the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the

upper eyelid or a little narrower; tympanum very distinct,

as large as the eye ora little smaller. Fingers moderate,

first extending beyond second; toes nearly entirely webbed ;

tips of fingers and toes dilated into well-developed disks ;

subarticular tubercles well developed; inner metatarsal

tubercle oval, blunt ; asmall round outer metatarsal tubercle ;

no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the

tip of the snout; tibia as long as the fore limb. Skin finely

granulate, with or without scattered small warts; a narrow

glandular dorso-lateral fold. Brown, pink, or dark grey

above; a black streak below the canthus rostralis and a

black temporal blotch ; limbs with dark cross bands ; hinder

side of thighs marbled with brown; some specimens with a

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac, 87

pale line along the vertebral line and another along the upper

surface of the tibia. Male with internal vocal sacs and

without humeral gland.

From snout to vent, g 43 millim., ? 70.

5. Rana glandulosa, Blgr.

Palawan.

Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

6. Staurots natator, Gthr.

Palawan.

Numerous specimens of this species first described from

the Philippines, and since recorded from Palawan under the

name of Jxalus nubilus by Mocquard. All lack the vomerine

teeth. All Bornean specimens of Rana guttata, Gthr., have

more or less distinct vomerine teeth. I have recently

examined a number of specimens from Kina Baloo, and it is

therefore probable that the curious larve described by

Moecquard should be referred to that species, and not to

Lxalus nubilus= Staurois natator.

7. Rhacophorus leucomystax, Gravh.

Recorded from Palawan by Mocquard.

From the Himalayas and Southern China to the Philip-

pines, Borneo, Sumatra, Java, and Celebes.

8. Rhacophorus macrotis, Blegr.

Palawan, Balabac.

Recently described (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vii. 1890,

p. 282) from Baram, Borneo.

9. Lhacophorus Hveretti, sp. n.

Palawan. Two specimens.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups between the mode-

rately large choane. Head slightly broader than long,

without dermal ossification. Snout rounded, shorter than the

diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse, curved;

loreal region concave, very oblique; nostrils near the end of

the snout ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;

tympanum distinct, two fifths the diameter of the eye.

Fingers with a slight rudiment of web; disks moderate,

nearly as large as the tympanum ; toes three-fourths webbed;

inner metatarsal tubercle very small; no tarsal fold. Tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching a little beyond the tip of the

snout. Skin finely granulate above, coarsely beneath; small

88 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

conical tubercles below the vent, at the heel, and along the

outer edge of the forearm and tarsus. Pale yellowish or

reddish brown above, with dark brown markings; the most

conspicuous of these are a cross band between the eyes and a

symmetrical marking on the presacral part of the back,

roughly representing a frog with the four limbs stretched

out; limbs with dark cross bands ; lower parts uniform white.

From snout to vent 32 millim.

10. Lvalus longicrus, sp. n.

Palawan. Three specimens.

Closely allied to L. Schmackeri, Bttgr., from Mindoro.

Snout pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus

rostralis angular; loreal region concave ; nostril nearer the

end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space broader

than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, about two fifths

the diameter of the eye. Fingers free, disks a little smaller

than the tympanum; toes half-webbed. Tubio-tarsal articu-

lation reaching far beyond the tip of the snout; femoro-tibial

articulation reaching the shoulder. Above rough with small

warts; two oblique glandular ridges, converging behind,

between the shoulder; throat smooth ; belly and lower surface

of thighs granulate. Grey above, with a large K-shaped

dark marking or a pair of )(-shaped bands on the back, a

dark cross band or triangular blotch between the eyes, and

regular cross bands on the limbs; a black light-edged spot

on the knee; a streak below the canthus rostralis, a bar below

the eye, and the whole temporal region blackish; dirty white

beneath, throat finely speckled with brown; a series of small

round white spots on the lower lip. Male with internal

vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 21 millim.

11. Bufo philippinicus, Blgr.

Palawan, Balabac.

This species was described in 1887 (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. [5] xix. p. 348, pl. x. fig. 5) from a single female

specimen obtained by Mr. Everett at Puerto Princesa.

Numerous specimens have now been collected. I suspect

that the Palawan toad recorded by Mocquard under the name

of Bufo divergens, Peters, belongs to this species, which is

in some respects intermediate between the latter and B. d7-

porcatus, but differs from both in its thicker cranial ridges

and larger parotoids. In some specimens the frontal and

parietal ridges form nearly a straight line, as in B. biporcatus,

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 89

whilst in others the parietal ridges form an angle with the

frontals and converge posteriorly as in B. divergens. The

parotoid glands are oval or elliptical, and measure two thirds

to three fourths the length of the head. The male possesses

an internal vocal sac.

12. Leptobrachium Hasseltit, Tsch.

Palawan.

Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

13. Megalophrys montana, Kuhl.

Palawan, Balabac.

Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java.

The geographical distribution of the species enumerated

above may be thus tabulated :—

1. South-eastern Continental Asia.

2. Malay Peninsula.

3. Sumatra.

4. Borneo.

5. Palawan (and Balabac).

6. Philippines east of Mindoro Straits.

7. Java.

8. Celebes.

9. Islands east of Java and Celebes.

|

ladle | 2 fee | 4 Bee Go| alae S | 9

ee ral | al SS

Cyclemys dhor .......... ve | ok Se ee linge Minar (tng

Hemidactylus platyurus..| » | » | = | « | « | « | « | x |

Gecko verticillatus ...... Ne Selig |e ie el Vesa end Pa

MONATCHUS eases 8 ean (mek oie (Ree Su ey ae =

il) raco volans acres). se = «> - «'strh <a ol peraewy | ccesanl Merger eye aulaee: |

Calotes cristatellus ...... sien (i eeell nea leraee wll geal aera ae te PH

Varanus salvator ........ aya ee we ee ee ed ce | a da

Mabuia multifasciata ....| » | « | # | = | = | «|e | «| x

Polyodontophis bivittatus..| .. | Modell oka

Tropidonotus spilogaster..! .. | .. | .. | .. | # |

G@HrYsareus lies «'. eee eee te ly getlce: ince

Coluber erythrurus ...... .. or | ean eaee lore |) cae

oxycephalus eatheparec end amie | ome liek ae oa bed

Dendrophis pictus........ ela Teele te ay ill ce |) a || ae lee

Dendrelaphis caudolineatus|} x | x | # | # | x

Calamaria Everetti ...... rf Malta wilt ag

Dipsas dendrophila ...... salamat tat iheaere rege | see) hy ae

Psammodynastes pulveru- |

ROWMEUS) pon Mrehicheysercussos eee |e | we | we Le le oe ee

90 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

|

1 AE Pesg anil, oe iy io: le | Shy] toy

———— ——_— —_ | ——__|_—_- |———|———_

Cerberus rhynchops ...... * ~ | ee * * x * *% *

Naija tripudians.......... $0 ee eee lee

Adeniophis bilineatus ....] .. | .. | cho eae

Amblycephalus boa ...... well] eae || yeep Rare pa ater || Pee *

Trimeresurus formosus....| .. | .. | x | x *

subannulatus ...... Bo Iloo |! rahe || Bae ley x

Oxyglossus levis ........| x * EP | EAP || es *

Rana macrodons...o eos * * x | % * * x

palavanensis........ CaN Pee. hes

WALlATs ties cette edevill eiccuailes eR ailiviae

Slandulosay smi. 2 « Ve. ile. lll weaceelll eae x

| Staurois natator ........ -- | « | #

| Rhacophorus leucomystax | » * % x % * * *

=SIMAGCrOLIGMME ere ae > [esicanilWkae: NP peer all ace:

lineal “Gonseoodes *x

Ixalus longicrus.......... *

3ufo philippinicus ...... a erie rca te ke

| Leptobrachium Hasseltii..| » | » | # | * | x |e. | x

Megalophrys montana ....} .. |.» | « | x» | x» | # | x

XV.—Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of South-African

Terrestrial Mollusca. By JAMES Cosmo MELVILL, M.A.,

F.L.S., and Joon Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.

[Plate I.]

Since our last communication * a fair amount of additional

material has been kindly forwarded by various correspondents,

and one or two more species from the rich stores of Mr. E. L.

Layard. ,

1. Nanina morrumbalensis, sp. n. (PI. I. frost)

NV. testa olivaceo-cornea, pertenui, planulata, obtecte et angustissime

umbilicata, parum nitente; anfractibus quinque, undique irregu-

lariter longitudinaliter rugoso-striatis, ultimo rapide accres-

cente, spira conico-depressa; apertura ampla, ovato-lunari;

peristomate pertenui, simplici, apud umbilicum paullum reflexo.

Long. *75, lat. 1°30 une.

Hab. Mount Morrumbala, Central East Africa (E. LD.

Layard).

A large, somewhat transparent, horny shell, but little

shining, throughout longitudinally striately wrinkled, the

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 6, vol. xii. pp. 103 e¢ sgq.

Ani. & Mag. Nat. Host. 8.6. Vol XIV. PLL.

R.Mimtern. del. et hth. Mimtern Bros. imp.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 91

spire being conically depressed, mouth large, lip very thin

and fragile.

Three specimens in Mr. Layard’s collection.

2. Natalina coerneyensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)

NV. testa anguste umbilicata, conica, cornea, nitente; anfractibus

quatuor (ultimo rapide accrescente), supra fortiter tenuistriatis,

infra nitidis; apertura rotunda; peristomate tenui, simplici,

apud umbilicum paullum reflexo,

Long. °75, lat. 1 une.

Hab. Coerney, near Port Elizabeth (J. Crawford).

A comparatively large and handsome species, near NV. knys-

naensis (Pfr.), but the upper whorls are strongly striate,

while the umbilicus in the latter species is much more nar-

rowed by the triangularly reflexed growth of the columella.

We have also seen a good series of this shell in Mr. Layard’s

collection, labelled ‘* Natal.”

3. Natalina Chaplini, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)

NV. testa depressiuscula, late et profunde umbilicata, ad apicem

planata; anfractibus quatuor, supra oblique longitudinaliter dense

striatis, ultimo infra nitido; apertura ovato-lunari; peristomate

tenui, simplici.

Long. 6, lat. 10°50 mill.

Hab. Karnachs, near Port Elizabeth (J. Crawford).

A very pretty species, of the same section as vernicosa &c.,

and of a beautiful golden horny colour, striated above, shining

beneath, widely umbilicated, and much depressed.

Three specimens, which, although perhaps not quite full-

grown, seem to present distinct specific characteristics.

4, Helix (Doreasia) inhluzana, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

H, testa profunde sed anguste umbilicata, oblique depressa, cornea,

nitida; anfractibus quatuor, longitudinaliter striatulis, apud

suturas compressis, ultimo subdepresso, antice deflexo; apertura

oblique ovata; peristomate simplici, ad umbilicum paullum

reflexo.

Long. 15, lat. 23 mill.

Hab, Inhluzan Mountain, Drakensberg Range (Mrs. C.

Shaw, per J. F. Quekett).

Two specimens of a conspicuous shining horny shell, allied

to H. Kraussii (Pfr.), from which species it differs in being

more compressed laterally and not so much at the base round

92 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

the umbilicus, and also in being smooth, more shining, and of

a warmer chestnut-olive.

5. Buliminus nuptialis, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

B. testa angustissime umbilicata, delicatula, tenui, succineo-brunnea;

anfractibus quatuor, tribus supra parvis, ultimo perlato, rapide

accrescente, effuso, undique longitudinaliter oblique rude liratis ;

apertura oblonga; peristomate simplici, tenui, apud umbilicum

fere clausum, reflexo.

Long. 15, lat. 8°50 mill.

flab. Craigie Burn, Somerset East (Mrs. Mary Layard

Barber). In coll. EK. L. Layard.

A small delicate shell, of succinoid character and nearly

allied to B. Bowkert, Sow., but differing in its fewer whorls,

broader last whorl, coarser longitudinal liration, and in the

absence of any granular sculpture.

6. Achatina cinnamomea, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 6.)

A, testa obesa, tumida, semipellucida, tenui, cinnamomeo-ochracea ;

anfractibus sex, ultimo rapide accrescente, tumidis, longitu-

dinaliter irregulariter rugosis, flammis brunneis hic illic deco-

ratis; apertura ovato-oblonga; peristomate tenui, labro intus

lactescente.

Long. (sp. maj.) 2°25, lat. 1°70 une.

Hab. Standerton (Burnup).

A handsome species, obese, of a cinnamon horn-colour, with

darker brown longitudinal flames irregularly disposed.

‘Two fresh specimens and two dead; the latter are smaller,

but undoubtedly the same species.

7. Achatina edigyra, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 7.)

A, testa oblonga, compacta, nitida; anfractibus septem, tumidis,

ventricosis, undique levibus, planatis, specimine altero olivacea,

fere unicolore, altero longitudinaliter tlammis zebrinis decorato ;

apertura oblonga ; peristomate pertenui, simplici.

Long. (sp. majoris unicoloris) 2:25, lat. 1°30 une.

Hab. Craigie Burn, Somerset East (Mrs. Mary Layard

Barber, née Bowker). In coll. E. L. Layard.

As Mr. Layard observes, this form would appear to be one

of the links in the chain of Achatine which inhabit the tropical

and subtropical African regions. The present species is

meanwhile well characterized by the remarkably ventricose

growth of the whorls.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 93

8. Pupa psichion, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 8.)

P. testa umbilicata, obesula, minuta, pallide brunnea, apice obtuso ;

anfractibus sex, tumidis, planulatis ; apertura rotunda ; peristo-

mate incrassato, simplici.

Long. 2°50, lat. 1°50 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

A minute species, like haploa (M. & P.), but the whorls

are more tumid and only six in number. Mouth round,

peristome simple, toothless, and without plaits.

9. Pupa custodita, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

P., testa umbilicata, obesa, dolioliformi, minuta, tenui, brunnea;

anfractibus sex, ventricosis, arctissime longitudinaliter tenui-

striatis; apertura ovata; peristomate albo, reflexo, dentibus

quinque internis munito, altero parietali, altero columellari, tribus

labialibus.

Long. 3, lat. 1:50 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

Much the same in ventricose tumidity of whorl and super-

ficial appearance to the P. psichion just described, but

entirely differing in the internal armature of the mouth,

which, apparently simple externally, is really guarded

within by no less than five teeth, three of these being labial,

one sutural, and one columellar. It is a highly interesting

species, and seems, though of the fontana group, to bear no

very direct resemblance to hitherto described species,

105. Papa soa, spi now (Bl. Veto. /10:)

P. testa minutissima, superficialiter umbilicata, cylindrica, recta,

tenui, apice obtuso ; anfractibus septem, ventricosulis, tenuissime

longitudinaliter striatis, striis obliquis; apertura ovata; peristo-

mate pallido, reflexo, uniplicato, plica. interna transyersa fere

aperturam ipsam attingente.

Long. (sp. maj.) 1°25, lat. °50 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

‘lwo specimens, one being more curt than that taken as

the type, but the mouth-process, consisting of one median

raised transverse internal plait not quite reaching the

peristome, is the same in each.

11. Pupa omicronaria, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 11.)

P. testa minuta, cylindrica, recta, brunnea ; anfractibus septem (in

uno specimine octo), ventricosis, tenuissime longitudinaliter

94 On new Mollusca from South Africa.

striatis, striis obliquis; apertura ovato-rotunda; peristomate

pallido, simplici.

Long. (sp. maj.) 3, lat. 1°50 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

This shell comes next to our P. quantula, and may perhaps

eventually turn out to be a variety of that species. The

mouth, however, is rounder and the form a little less cylin-

drical.

12. Pupa kerea, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

P. testa minutissima, brunnescente, cylindrica; anfractibus sex,

rectis, longitudinaliter tenuistriatis ; apertura ovata; peristomate

pallido, reflexo, intus uno dente suturali instructo.

Long. 2°15, lat. 1 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

A small insignificant shell, with one internal sutural or

parietal tooth.

Two specimens.

13. Pupa charybdica, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 13.)

P. testa compacta, crassiuscula, cylindriformi, brunnea, apice obtuso ;

anfractibus septem, rectis, longitudinaliter obscure et oblique

tenuistriatis ; apertura rotunda; peristomate incrassato, pallido,

reflexo, intus tribus dentibus mamillaribus munito, altero parietali,

altero columellari, tertio basali.

Long. 3, lat. 1:15 mill.

Hab. Coerney, near Port Elizabeth. _

A cylindrical dark brown shell, not shining, stouter in

substance than most of its congeners ; whorls seven, straight,

longitudinally, obscurely and obliquely finely striate; aperture

round; peristome incrassate, reflexed, furnished with three

internal teeth—basal, columellar, and sutural.

Three specimens.

14. Pupa frustillum, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 14.)

P. testa nitida, cylindrica, late brunnea; anfractibus septem, rectis,

oblique tenuissime striatis ; apertura ovata; peristomate pallide

brunneo, intus tribus dentibus munito, dente altero parietali,

altero basali, tertio columellari.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1°25 mill.

Hab. Port Elizabeth.

Near P. fontana, Krauss, but more cylindrical than that

species, and differing, besides, in the tooth-processes.

New Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America, 99

15. Ennea nonotiensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 15.)

E. testa rimata, dolioliformi, straminea, delicatula, apice obtusissimo ;

anfractibus quinque, undique tenuissime longitudinaliter striatis ;

apertura rotunda; peristomate paullum extus crenulato, albo,

plicis vel dentibus quinque instructo, plica parietali magna

intrante, dentibus duobus labialibus, uno basali, plica columellari

valde intrante, magna.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Nonoti, coast of Natal (Burnup).

A delicate straw-coloured species, apparently distinct from

any of its allies in the small group characterized by the

presence of a double tooth on the outer lip.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig.\. Nanina morrumbalensis. Fig. 9. Pupa custodita.

Fig. 2. Natalina coerneyensis. Fig. 10. tota.

Fig. 3. Chaplin. Fig. 11. -—— omicronaria.

Fig. 4. Dorcasia inhluzana. Fig. 12. kerea.

Fig.5. Buliminus nuptialis. Fig. 13. charybdica.

Fig. 6. Achatina cinnamomea. Fig. 14. Srustillum.

Fig. 7. edigyra. Fig. 15. Ennea nonotiensis.

Fig. 8. Pupa psichion.

XVI.—Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from

Mexico and Central America. By F. D. GODMAN and

O. SALVIN.

SPECIMENS of the following species of Rhopalocera have been

recently received by us from various correspondents. As it

will be some time before we can refer to them in our ‘ Biologia

Centrali-Americana,’ we describe them as follows :—

1. Opsiphanes Staudingert, sp. n.

Rich reddish brown, apex of the primaries darker ; a curved

tawny band proceeds trom the costa across the apex and

thence to the anal angle; the edges of this band are irregular,

and it is bordered by dark brown on both sides ; two rather

widely divided white spots in the apex: secondaries with a

tawny margin, the inner edge of which is irregular and is

bordered with dark brown. Beneath nearly the whole surface

is dark brown, mottled with tawny; dark bands enclosing a

yellowish space cross the cell of the primaries, and other dark

uregular lines occur at the end of the cell; there are two

96 Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin on new

submarginal lines which recede from the margin itself, a sub-

apical ocellus, and two white spots in the apex: secondaries

with two ocelli—a large one on the middle of the costa and a

smaller one over the first median branch; a distinct plain

tawny border. The cell of the secondaries above is covered

with long hairs, which, however, are not collected into a

distinct tuft, and the region of the submedian nervure is very

hairy over the basal half; there is a glabrous patch at the

base of the first median branch.

Hab. Chiriqui.

Dr. Staudinger has submitted to us specimens of this

distinct species, which has no near allies that we know of.

As will be seen by comparison with what we have written on

the arrangement of the tufts of hair on the secondaries of the

males in this genus (cf Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. pp. 125 et

seq.), O. Staudingert does not fall into any of our sections,

but must stand by itself.

2. Synchloé eumeda, sp. n.

Allied to S. pecile, Feld. (cf. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i.

p- 180, t. xx. figs. 1, 2), but with the yellow spots in the cell

of the primaries and the spot below the first segment of the

median nervure evanescent ; on the other hand, the six spots

extending in a band across the wing beyond the cell to the

middle of the inner margin are larger and more elongated ;

the base of the secondaries is almost wholly black, and the

middle red submarginal spot is nearly of the same size as

those towards the apical angle, instead of being much the

smallest of the series. Beneath, the submarginal spots of the

primaries are all yellow; the black spots at the base of the

secondaries are smaller, and there is a distinct band of black

spots across the wing, whick in S. pecile coalesces with the

black margin. The palpi are white laterally, with black

upper and lower edges.

Hab. Mochitlan in the State of Guerrero, Western Mexico

(O. T. Baron).

Mr. Baron collected many specimens of this species during

his residence in Western Mexico.

The sexes are alike in coloration.

3. Synchloé dryope, sp. n.

Closely allied to S. ewmeda, and differing from S. peeczle in

the same characters; but from the former it may be distin-

guished by the yellower colour of the transverse band common

to both wings; the dark border to the secondaries is distinctly

Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America. 97

narrower. Beneath, the submarginal band of spots on the

primaries is nearer the outer border, the dark border of the

secondaries is narrower, and the black spots at the base of

those wings are larger and sometimes confluent.

Hab. State of Jalisco, Western Mexico (W. B. Richard-

son).

The range of this species lies further north than that of

S. eumeda, so far as we know at present.

4, Synchloé hyleus, sp. n.

Allied to S. marina (Geyer) (cf. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i.

p- 181), but with all the spots on the primaries pale yellow

instead of white; the central band of spots is much more

definite, and forms with the band of the secondaries a common

fascia. Beneath the two species are much alike, but the

rufous colour of the primaries is confined to a single spot at

the base of the costa.

Hlab. Durango city, Mexico (Becker).

Several specimens obtained by Herr Becker near the city

of Durango are alike in their differences from S. marina, a

species of South-western Mexico.

5. Synchloé endeis, sp. n.

Also allied to S. marina, but with all the spots of the

upper surface dingy white both on the primaries and second-

aries ; the central series of spots forms a band common to

both wings. Beneath, the whitish black marginal spots at

the base of both wings are surrounded by rusty red, which

occupies the basal half of the wings; there is a rusty sub-

apical spot on the primaries, and two nearly confluent ones

near the anal angle. The palpi are narrowly white laterally,

and are edged above and below with rusty red instead of

black.

Hab. Sierra Madre de Tepic, Western Mexico (W. B.

Richardson).

Mr. Richardson collected a good series of this distinct

species, which, though allied to S. marina and S. hyleus,

described above, can be very readily recognized.

6. Callicore asteria, sp. n.

Allied to C. astala (Guér.) (cf Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i.

p- 254), but differs conspicuously by the total absence of the

glittering blue oval spot in the middle of the deep blue of the

upper surface of the primaries. The same wings beneath

have hardly any trace of red in the cell, but an indistinct

irregular whitish band crosses the wing beyond the cell. On

the hind wings beneath the upper of the two figures of eight

touches the inner of the two encircling bands.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 7

98 ‘ A Visit to Damma Island :

Hab. San Blas, Western Mexico (W. B. Richardson).

A single male specimen captured in March was sent us by

Mr. Richardson.

7. Anca Schausiana, sp. n.

Deep purple-black, the bases of the wings and a subapical

spot on the primaries bluish purple. Beneath rich brown,

irrorated with silvery grey and black; an indistinct dark

band runs from the inner margin towards the apex, a row of

small white spots from the apex parallel to the outer margin ;

the secondaries have indistinct bands more or less parallel to

the outer margin, and a small black spot at the base of the

short tail, and another between it and the anal angle.

9. The bases of the wings and iwo spots in the apex are

paler and bluer than in the male, and the outer portion of

the secondaries is not so dark a purple-black. Beneath

much paler than the male and irrorated with ochraceous

brown; the dark lines are more clear, and the tail to the

secondaries larger and slightly spatuled at the end.

Hab. Coatepec, Mexico (W. Schaus).

This fine species belongs to the group of Anwa in which

the inner margin of the primaries is faleate at the anal angle

and the secondaries have a tail in both sexes (ef. Biol. Centr.-

Am., Rhop. i. p. 340). It has no near allies in the Mexican

fauna.

We are indebted to Mr. Schaus for a pair of this species.

They were taken by himself at Coatepec, uear Jalapa, in the

Mexican State of Vera Cruz.

XVII.—A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago.

By JAMES WALKER.— With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B.

SHARPE, G. A. BouLENGER, EK. A. Suir, R. I. Pocock,

C. O. WaTERHOUSE, C. J. GAHAN, W. F. Kirsy, and

F, A. HERON.

[Continued from p. 71.}

COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA and PHYTOPHAGA.

By C. J. GAHAN.

LONGICORNIA.

NEOMICRUS, gen. nov.

Male.—Kyes completely divided. Antenne longer than

the body, sparsely cihate; first joint gradually thickened

into a club in its distal half; fourth joint about equal in

length to the first and perceptibly longer than the third ;

Coleoptera Longicornia and Phytophaga, byC.J. Gahan. 99

the fifth and following joints subequal to one another and

each scarcely longer than the fourth. Prothorax elongated,

unarmed, slightly narrowed from the beginning of the poste-

rior third to the base. LElytra about half as long again as

the prothorax, and not wider across the base than the greatest

width of the prothorax ; apices rounded. Pygidium exposed.

Femora clubbed in their distal portion, pedunculate at the

base. The anterior coxe are closely approximated; the

prosternal process is in the form of a very short triangle,

whose backwardly directed apex does not reach as far as the

middle point between the coxe; the cavities of the latter are

distinctly open behind. The mesosternal process is narrow

and triangular in form.

This genus seems best placed in the group of the Graciliides.

Neomicrus Walkert, sp. n.

Piceo-brunneus, capite prothoraceque griseo breviter pubescentibus ;

elytris dense punctatis et griseo-setosis, utrisque plaga vel

macula inter basin mediumque paullo pallidiore ; antennis testa-

ceis, articulorum apicibus leviter infuscatis ; femorum tibiarumque

basibus testaceis.

Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Damma Island (J. J. Walker). Under bark.

Almost entirely of a dark reddish-brown colour, with the

antenne, the coxe, the bases of the femora and tibiz, and an

obscure patch between the middle and base of the elytra

testaceous. The head and prothorax have a covering of very

short greyish pubescence. ‘The prothorax appears to be very

closely and finely punctured. ‘The elytra are somewhat

densely and more strongly punctured, each of the punctures

bearing a greyish seta. The shoulders of the elytra are very

slightly prominent.

Though slightly suggestive of Gracilia pygmea, Fabr.,

the present species is markedly distinct. The elytra are

proportionally much shorter and also narrower, the middle

and posterior femora are more abruptly clavate, and the joints

of the antennz bear different proportions.

Purpuricenus quadrinotatus, White.

Damma Island (J. J. Walker) ; Australia and New

Guinea.

Coptops auguralis, Pasc.

Damma Island (J. J. Walker) ; Timor (Wallace).

7#

100 A Visit to Damma Island :

Olenecamptus bilobus, Fabr.

Damma Island (J. J. Walker).

This is a widely distributed species.

Prosoplus Banks, Fabr.

Damma Island (J. J. Walker).

For the synonymy and distribution of this species see

Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 192.

Oopsis Mooret, sp. n.

Subangusta, pube fulvo-grisea sat dense vestita; prothorace fortiter

sat dense punctato; elytris seriatim punctatis, utrisque lineola

basali minima et punctis duobus pone medium albescentibus ;

apicibus paullo divergentibus acutis.

Long. 7, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Damma Island, Malay Archipelago.

Head almost impunctate, covered with a greyish or fulvous

pubescence. Antenne (¢) a little longer than the body;

third and fourth joints slightly curved, the fourth barely

longer than thethird. Prothorax distinctly and rather thickly

punctured. Elytra almost quite regularly punctured in

rows; each elytron bears a very minute whitish line or point

at the base, and two almost equally minute white spots,

placed somewhat transversely, a little beyond the middle.

The portion of the elytra which lies behind these spots is

covered with a pubescence of a somewhat paler fulvous tint

than that which covers the part in front.

This species is a little stouter and more convex in form

than most of those which Pascoe included in his genus Sybra;

but it is distinctly narrow as compared with Oopsds nutator,

Fabr. It seems to be nearly enough allied to Oopsis por-

eellus, Pasc. (Sybra).

PHYTOPHAGA.

Aulacophora tetraspilota, Baly.

Occurs also in Celebes, Gilolo, Batchian, Amboyna, and

Timor.

Aulacophora flavomarginata, Duviv.

Occurs also in Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Amboyna,

Timor, Flores, and Kei Islands.

Aulacophora, sp.

This species, represented by one female example only,

Lepidoptera, by F. A. Heron. 101

appears to be new. It resembles A. excisa, Baly, in colour

and in most of its other characters, but the emargination of

the last ventral segment is different in form.

Galerucella ficus, Montrouz.

Galerucella thoracica, Baly.

This species occurs, widely distributed, in the Australian

region, In the British Museum there are examples from the

Salomon Islands—Alu (Woodford), Woodlark Island, New

South Wales, Lizard Island, North and North-west Australia,

the islands in Torres Straits, New Guinea, and other islands

of the Malay Archipelago as far as Celebes.

Coptocycla, sp.

One example only.

LEPIDOPTERA. By F. A. Heron.

LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA.

The forty-three butterflies collected upon Damma Island

belong to twenty species, five of which were new to the

British Museum collection. The larger number are Euploeine

or Lyceenidee, and it is noteworthy that the collection includes

no Satyrine or Elymniine.

They are distributed as follows :—

Nymphalidae.

Anonia pleaippus, Linn.

A single female of this wide-ranging species was obtained.

Salatura laratensis, Butler.

Three males and one female.

Chanapa sacerdos, Butler.

Six males and two females were taken, which are interesting

as showing the gradual disappearance of the spot between

the first and second branches of the median vein of the

fore wings.

Calliplea darchia, McLeay, var. priapus, Butler.

Two males and one female.

102 A Visit to Damma Island :

Calliplea visenda, Butler.

One male. This is closely allied to the foregoing species.

Hypolimnas alimena, Linn.

One damaged male of this common Oceanian form was

taken, which had the transverse band on the fore wings whiter

than in any other male seen previously by me.

Neptis pampanga, Felder ?

A pair.

Lycenide.

Nacaduba aluta, Druce.

Two males and one female.

Lampides elianus, Fabr.

A pair.

Castalius, sp.

One specimen belonging to a species allied to C. rozus,

Godart.

Cyaniris, sp.

A male belonging to a species nearest to C. puspa, Hors-

field.

Zizera pygmea, Snellen.

One male.

Zizera phoebe, Murray.

Two males.

Catochrysops, sp.

A single female belonging to a species not in the B. M.

Coll.

Spalgis epius.

A specimen of a curious variety of S. epcus, Westwood, 2;

the colour of the upperside very much greener grey than

usual; the strigee upon the underside show through on the

hind wings more strongly than in the common brownish form.

The single male Castalius, which on the upperside some-

what resembles C. hamatus, Moore, obtained on Damma Island,

is noteworthy for its peculiar markings on the underside, and

Lepidoptera, by F. A. Heron. 103

forms the type of a new species, characterized as follows, and

called after my friend J. M. C. Austin :—

Castalius Austini, sp. n.

Antenne. Shaft black-brown above, semi-ringed with

white below; club below is of much redder brown.

Head. Forehead cream-white scaled. yes rich deep

brown and hairy.

Falpi dark brown-black ; the second joint creamy scaled

below.

Colour.— Thorax and abdomen dark brown-black below, with

occasionally lighter pubescence of greenish iridescence ;_ below

cream-white, the last joints of the abdomen marked off by

three creamy scalings at the sides as well.

Legs dark brown, with cream-white scalings above; but

only the fore legs were retained in this specimen.

Expanse of wings 28 millim., greatest breadth of fore wing

7 millim.; length of hind wing 9, breadth 64 millim.; length

of thorax 24, abdomen 54 millim.

“ings. Above: brown-black, crossed from the centre of

the disk of the fore wing to the inner margin of the hind

wings, about one third from the base, by a cream-white band

running in the direction of a line from apex of fore wing to

centre of its inner margin; on the fore wing its breadth is

about one fifth of the length of inner margin, but expands at

the end of the discoidal cell to nearly twice that width,

touching vein 6 above, and is slightly cut into by a dark

mark which bounds the discoidal cell; on the hind wings

the inner margin of the band is in a straight line with that of

the fore wings, but the band asa whole is slightly broader,

its width by the discoidal cell being almost half as much as

its breadth elsewhere.

The cilia are of the same colour as the wings.

Below: the same band is apparent; the costa is dusted

with brown, and at its base a patch of almost lemon-coloured

scales extends ford millim. in length and 14 millim. in breadth.

There is a submarginal band of creamy white which follows

on its inner side the contours of the discal band, and on its

outside is parallel to the wing-border; this band reaches from

costa of fore wing to inner margin of hind wing; the resulting

band of dark between the discal and submarginal band

averages a little wider than the discal band.

At the outer margin of the hind wing the dark border

tends to split into lunulate spots and to allow a narrow cream-

white line to separate it into two portions, the outer forming

a mere thread of dark.

104 A Visit to Damma Island :

Cyaniris damme, sp. n.

Expanse 30 millim.

Above somewhat resembling puspa, Horsfield (from Java),

but the black-brown borders are much reduced in breadth,

especially towards the internal angle of the wings; on the

hind-wing-costa, however, the brown-black is more abundant

than in puspa. Where the iridescence on the wings does not

show, the ground-colours show more slaty and with less grey-

white scalings than in puspa ; the iridescence, too, is of a more

brilliant cerulean-blue in damme. Abdomen, thorax, head,

and antenne much as in puspa. Below the general appear-

ance is somewhat like C. ladonides, de VOrza, from Japan,

the ground-colour being a very bluish white, with silvery-

blue scales at the base; the marginal row of dots is very

slightly marked, and the submarginal lunular line is rather

fainter on the fore wing. The discal row of spots on the

fore wing forms a curve reaching the costa one third from

apex and the inner margin about one fourth from the angle;

from this angle the first, third, fourth, and fifth spots follow

the direction of the curve, but the second inclines towards

the base of the wing; the sixth spot is thrown a little

inwards from the others.

On the hind wings are dark spots at the origin of vein 8

and two others between veins 8 and 7 dividing the costa

roughly into three parts; below the second spot is another in

the cell, and in a line with these a spot on the inner angle

from a row of four small spots curves towards the outer spot

on the costa; there is a dark spot one fourth along the inner

margin from the base of the wing, and a small spot rather

outside the curve between veins 2 and 10.

Papilionide.

Terias pumilaris, Butler.

One male.

Terias hebridina, Butler.

Two males.

Tertas maroénsis, Butler.

Three females.

Huphina rachel, Boisd.

Two dwarfed males.

Lepidoptera, by F. A. Heron. 105

Hesperiide.

OCYBADISTES, gen. nov.

The three small Pamphiline belong to an undescribed

genus nearest to Padraona, from which it differs in possessing

much broader wings and in having vein 3 of the fore wing

further from the end of the cell. The sexual mark on the

fore wings, where present, is a black slightly lunulated

streak crossing the disk from vein 1 to vein 4, instead of the

small streak over the centre of vein 1 of the fore wing which

some species of Padraona possess.

The genus will include marnas, Felder, and Walkert,

sp. n., the latter of which will be the type.

Lascivia, Rosenstock, has a small streak similar to that of

Padraona, though the shape of its wings and its neuration

would otherwise ally it to marnas, as stated by Watson

(PS Ziis. 1995, p.102).

The genus may be thus characterized :—

Antenne about three fifths the length of the costa of the

fore wings ; club of moderate size, elongate, with a slight

terminal crook rather longer than the thickness of the club.

Palpi. Second joint thickly scaled, forming with the third

joint a quarter circle; third joint about half the length of

the second joint, very slender, obtusely conical, and suberect.

Fore wings. Breadth rather more than half the length of

the costa; inner margin rather longer than outer margin;

cell Jess than two thirds length of costa; vein 8 reaching

costa at apex of wings ; lower discocellulars two thirds length

of middle ; vein 5 considerably nearer to vein 4 than to 6;

vein 3 distant from 4 about the length of the middle disco-

cellular, and vein 2 a similar distance from vein 3 and very

slightly nearer end of cell than base of wing.

Hind wings. Outer margin even, slightly excised between

veins 2 and 16; vein 7 well before end of the cell (except in

marnas, g, where it is emitted just before the end) ; disco-

cellulars very inconspicuous; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 close

to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 much

nearer the end of cell than base of wings.

On the upperside of the costa of the hind wings of both

sexes are stout backwardly-directed hairs arranged in a short

row, and in addition fine long hairs projecting outwards and

forwards, which, inconspicuous in the females, are largely

developed in the males.

The males are usually provided with a discal sexual streak

on the upperside of the fore wing, consisting of the more or

less lunular silky marks between vein 1 and vein 4, which

106 A Visit te Damma Island :

show when magnified a large proportion of fine long scales

among the broader ones.

Two pairs of spines are present on the hind tibie.

The species I dedicate to the enthusiastic collector to whose

efforts the National Collection is indebted for many entomo-

logical treasures.

Ocybadistes Walker, sp. n.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

The general scheme of marking and coloration is much as

in marnas, Felder, but the orange markings of Walkerz are

not so red as in Felder’s species, especially on the underside,

where the brownish markings of marnas are represented by

an ashy green shaded to a black-brown on the inner margin

of the fore wings, and the orange markings are of a pale

sienna colour on the fore wing, and on the hind wing inner

margin ochreous, shaded to the orange of the upperside

markings.

Antenne dark black-brown, shaft semi-ringed with ochreous,

club dark black-brown above, ochreous below, crook dark ;

palpi golden yellow towards the top, almost lemon-coloured

below; this pale hue extends below the thorax and the

abdomen; forehead with golden-orange scales; collar,

patagia with scalings of similar colour, especially large on the

latter.

Thorax thickly covered with yellow hairs of greenish

iridescence. Abdomen golden orange.

Fore wings golden orange; costa black-brown, outer margin

with a black-brown border from apex to inner angle, averages

nearly one third the breadth of the inner margin, but reduced

by intrusion of the orange ground between veins 6 and 4 to

about half that width, below and to the side of the discoidal

cell the dark colour stretches to an almost similar width, at the

side and below vein 6 sends out a spur which sometimes

reaches the dark border; dark scalings occur below vein 1,

and from the costa opposite the end of the cell extends a

small spur of dark, which may sometimes anastomose with

the dark bounding the cell, thus leaving a small spot of the

orange ground isolated.

Hind wings of similar coloration, but the orange is slightly

deeper in tone and its borders much more irregular than in

marnas, running out along the veins, especially opposite the

end of the cell, and sending a spur towards the costa along

vein 7; the orange fleck in the cell is more conspicuous than

in marnas.

Below the markings show more faintly ; the black-brown

TTymenoptera, by W. F. Kirby. 107

represented by an ashy green, except towards the base and

inner margin of the fore wings, and the golden tint paler.

Cilia of the hind wings concolorous with the golden hue,

but much browner on the fore wings except at the anal angle.

The species is represented in the British Museum by

specimens from Port Darwin as well as Damma Island, and

has a close ally of rather greater expanse and darker under-

side colouring ranging from Moreton Bay to Sydney.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.

Syntomide.

Hydrusa, sp.

Liparide.

Chionophasma paradoxa, Butler.

Pyralida.

Sylepta plagiatalis, Walk.

Noctuide.

Selepa, sp.

HYMENOPTERA. By W. F. Kirsy.

Nine species were obtained, of which two are here described

as new.

Formicide.

Odontomachus hematodes.

Formica hematoda, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 582. n. 16 (1758).

A species found in all the warmer parts of the world.

Pheidologeton, sp.

Two large workers of a species allied to P. megacephala,

Smith, but with the head bright chestnut-red and the middle

of the vertex very smooth and shining.

Lhagigaster, sp.

Four female specimens apparently belonging to this genus.

They are from 5 to 7 lines long, rufo-testaceous, with the

abdomen black, more or less distinctly banded with rufo-

108 A Vistt to Damma Island :

testaceous. It appears undesirable to describe the species

as new from female specimens only.

Scoliide.

Dielis cultrata, sp. n.

Long. corp. 14 millim.

Female.—Deep black, very shining, the hair mostly black,

except on the lower part of the face, where it inclines to

cinereous, and some of the hairs on the body and legs are

tipped with cinereous. Face and thorax densely punctured,

but the vertex, the centre of the mesothorax, the sides of the

scutellum and postscutellum, and the hinder part of the meta-

thorax, which is tuberculate in the middle, almost smooth.

Abdomen slightly iridescent, the segments punctured in front

and the first also behind; the following segments mostly only

with a row of bristle-bearing punctures before the extremity.

Legs very bristly, strongly punctured on the upper surface ;

hind femora with a smooth ferruginous knife-like plate at

the extremity beneath (as in other allied species). Wings

subhyaline, with a strong violet reflection ; inner recurrent

nervure of front wings bent at nearly a right angle.

Agrees nearly with the description of D. micans, Guér.,

from Bouru, but smaller and with the costa not ferruginous.

Eumenide.

Eumenes arcuata, var.

Vespa arcuata, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 371. n. 40. (1775).

The thorax in the specimen from Damma Island is black,

with detached yellow spots, and the yellow colouring on the

petiole and abdomen is rather more extended than usnal.

Common in the Indian and Indo-Malayan regions.

Eumenes Walkert, sp. n.

Long. corp. 25 millim.

Female.—Black, varied with yellow. Head black ; clypeus

rather long and narrow, yellow, emarginate below, the extre-

mities rather pointed; a yellow stripe below the antennae,

extending to the orbits, and produced upwards between the

antenne into a somewhat pear-shaped spot above them ; the

orbits beyond the antennze and the emargination of the

eyes filled up with yellow, the black space below the ocelli

connected with the black vertex, but descending in a horse-

shoe form to the black antennal tubercles, strongly punc-

Hymenoptera, by W. F. Kirby. 109

tured ; hinder orbits with a narrow yellow line. Antenne

black ; flagellum rather paler and sericeous. Thorax black ;

prothorax yellow in front and on the upper part of the sides,

but with the part adjoining the head black, very smooth and

shining ; mesothorax with two large yellow curved spots on

the sides before the middle, and two short subparallel yellow

lines just behind the middle; pleura with a yellow stripe

extending from just before the wings nearly to the middle

cox; scutellum more strongly punctured than the thorax,

yellow in front, black behind; postscutellum yellow, slightly

edged with black in front; metathorax yellow above and

round the rather obtuse angles of the sides below, deeply

grooved in the middle, the groove black, the black gradually

widening below and more broadly above, below which point

a broad slightly oblique bar is thrown out on each side;

sides of metathorax black, sericeous; petiole shaped as in

E. flavopicta, Blanch., and allies, basal third black, with a

long oval yellow spot on each side, the remainder yellow on

the sides, black below, with a yellow spot at the extremity,

and connected in the middle with a black lateral spot; the

median line above is mostly black, terminating in a large

spot before the extremity, which is also marked with a black

spot, trifid in front. Abdomen with the first segment yellow,

with black more or less trifid markings at the base and

extremity, and with a broad black band, ceasing on the sides,

across the middle, with the edges irregularly denticulated ;

the remaining segments with the median line black; the

second segment black at the base and yellow at the extre-

mity; the third, fourth, and fifth yellow, black at the extre-

mity, and the sixth entirely black. Front legs ferruginous,

spotted with yellow, and lined with black; four hind legs

ferruginous, femora mostly blackish, and tibiz and tarsi lined

with black and slightly with yellowish; last joint of tarsi

wholly reddish, except the claws. Wings smoky hyaline.

Closely allied to L. flavopicta, Blanch., but differs in the

much longer and narrower clypeus.

Rhynchium brunneum.

Vespa brunnea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 264, n. 41 (1793).

A common East-Indian species.

Vespide.

Polistes extraneus, var.

Polistes extraneus, Kirb. P. Z. 8, 1883, p. 344.

Two females, differing from the typical specimen from

110 A Visit to Damma Island.

Maroe (Timor-Laut Islands) in the rather darker colouring,

especially towards the apex of the abdomen, and in the

narrower yellow edging to the first segment of the abdomen.

Without a better series from both localities it would be

premature to treat the Damma Island insect as distinct.

Apidae.

Megachile ornata.

Megachile ornata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B, M. 1. p. 183. n. 114 (1853).

A single specimen in poor condition, apparently belonging

to this species, which is known from India, Borneo, and

Sumatra.

HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA. By W. F. Kirsy.

Only eight or nine species were obtained on Damma

Island, belonging to the genera Dysdercus, Am. & Serv.,

Melamphaus, Stal, Physopelta, Am. & Serv. (?), Capsus, Fabr.,

Brachyrhynchus, Lap., Mezira, Am. & Serv., and Euagoras,

Burm. ‘The species cannot be determined with accuracy at

present, but among them is the widely dispersed Brachy-

rhynchus orientalis, Lap.

ORTHOPTERA. By W. F. Kinny.

Greffea coccophaga (2).

Alopus cocophages, Newp. Phil. Trans. 1844, p. 288, pl. xiv. fig. 4.

Lopaphus coccophagus, Westw. Cat. Phasm. p. 99 (1859).

Mr. Walker met with several pairs of a species of

Phasmidez, which he describes as of a delicate green, about

4 inches long, and emitting a milky fluid smelling strongly

of peppermint. The male was more slender than the female.

It is not unlikely that it was the present species, which is

very common and destructive to cocoanuts throughout the

South Sea Islands, and which might perhaps also feed on

Pandanus; but the specimens forwarded by Mr. Walker do

not appear to have reached the Museum.

On Odonata &e. from Upper Burma. 111

XVIII.—Notes on a Small Collection of Odonata &e. from

Upper Burma, with the Description of a new Species. By

W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological

Department, British Museum.

Mr. ve NIceVILLE has just forwarded a box of Odonata from

the Katha District of Upper Burma to the British Museum ;

as it proves to contain several species of considerable interest,

I have given a list of the whole. The dragonflies sent all

belong to the subfamilies Libellulinz and Agrionine, and

the box also contained three specimens of one of the Sialidee

—Chauliodus maculipennis, Gray—in better condition than

those previously in the Museum collection.

Libellulide.

LIBELLULINZ.

Camacinia gigantea, Brauer.

Se gigantea, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. p. 8

867).

Conactvia gigantea, Kirb. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 267 (1889).

Brauer’s original specimens were from Amboina, and he

described both sexes. ‘The specimen from Mysol in the

British Museum, which I noticed in 1889, is a male,

measuring 100 millim. across the wings. ‘There are two

specimens, male and female, in the Burmese collection, which

appear to belong to the same species. The male measures

111 millim. across the wings, and is very slightly larger than

the female. They exhibit no important differences either

between themselves or from Brauer’s description of the sexes,

except that the number of cross-nervures in the basal cell of

the fore wings and the number of cells in the triangle vary

a little. In the male the hind wings havea greenish cupreous

lustre, not mentioned by Brauer, over the deep reddish brown of

the basal two-thirds. In the female the orange-brown staining

of the fore wings extends to the lower basal cell and the lower

sector of the arculus; but a little beyond the nodus it ceases,

except along the costal and subcostal spaces, but extends

again at the apex, as described by Brauer. On the hind

wing it extends obliquely downwards over the whole basal

halt of the wing; but the middle of this part of the wing is

much lighter, while towards the anal angle there is a slight

submarginal band of dark brown, almost confluent spots.

C. Harterti, Karsch, trom Sumatra, is certainly a distinct

species, according to the description, owing to the much

smaller number of cross-nervures in the costal and subcostal

112 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

areas. But further information on the range and variation of

C. gigantea would be very useful. Many of the larger

dragonflies from abroad are rare in our collections, partly from

their not having been much collected and partly from their

strong flight, which renders them very difficult to capture.

I am not aware that the genus Camacinia has been pre-

viously recorded from any part of the Asiatic continent.

Neurothemis fulvia.

Libellula fulvia, Drury, Tl. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xlvi. fig. 2 (1778).

A single male specimen.

Neurothemis tullia.

Libellula tullia, Drury, Tl. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xlvi. fig. 8 (1773).

A single male specimen.

Trithemis festiva.

Libellula festiva, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 92 (1842).

A single male specimen.

Trithemis, sp.

A single male specimen, with 13 antenodal and 9 or 10

postnodal cross-nervures on the fore wings. It is one of the

closely related forms allied to 7. aurora, Burm., and cannot

be properly determined without a series.

Orthetrum pruinosum.

Libellula pruinosa, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 858. n. 65 (1839).

A rather small male.

Orthetrum Delesserti.

Tnbellula Delesserti, Selys, Mitth. Mus. Dresd. iii. p. 814 (1878).

A very dark female, apparently belonging to this rather

scarce species, with the tips of all the wings clouded as far as

the inner edge of the pterostigma.

Orthetrum Nicevilled, sp. n.

Long. corp., ¢ 438-45 millim., 9 41 millim.; exp. al.

63-72 millim. ; long. pter. 4 millim.

Male.—Head black, shining, the rhinarium, sides of nasus,

mandibles, and lower mouth-parts testaceous; clypeus with

very large punctures, deeply channelled in the middle and

margined in front; frontal tubercle deeply concave; thorax

and abdomen pruinose blue, the thorax much the darkest,

Odonata &e. from Upper Burma. 113

abdomen strongly carinated ; legs black, upper anal append-

ages nearly straight, slender, slightly pointed at the tips,

rather longer than the ninth segment, lower appendage some-

what shorter, spatulate, rather broad, upcurved, and obtusely

rounded at the extremity. Wings hyaline, with black

nervures ; costal nervures inclining to yellowish in front;

fore wings very slightly marked with rufous-brown at the

extreme base, with 14 or 15 antenodal and 9 to 11 postnodal

cross-nervures, the first two or three postnodals not con-

tinuous ;_ pterostigma testaceous yellow, between black

nervures, nodal and subnodal nervures considerably waved,

triangle traversed, followed by three rows of cells increasing,

one supra-triangular nervure ; subtriangular space consisting

of 3 or 4 cells: hind wings rufous brown at the base, nearly

as far as the cross-nervure in the lower basal cell; mem-

branule small, blackish; triangle free, no supra-triangular

nervures.

Femaie testaceous brown; thorax slightly zneous on the

sides, with two broad oblique yellowish-white stripes; a

nearly square pale space occupying the front two-thirds of its

surface above, bordered with black at the sides and behind ;

abdomen with most of the segments to the seventh with long

yellowish lateral stripes on the sides beneath ; eighth segment

perfoliate.

Described from three males and one female.

This species belongs to the group of O. glauca and luzonica,

Brauer, in which the triangle of the hind wings is not

traversed by a nervure.

The species of Orthetrum are numerous and closely allied,

and, as a rule, do not vary much. It often happens that

very tamiliar-locking species of this group from a fresh

locality prove to be new as soon as they are carefully

examined.

Agrionide.

A GRIONINE.

Neurobasis chinensis.

Libellula chinensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 545. n, 15 (1758),

Many specimens of this abundant East-Indian species.

Pseudophea Masont.

Euphea Masoni, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xlvii. p. 377 (1879).

Two male specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 8

114 Mr. J. C. Sumner on a new Nemer tine.

X1IX.—Description of a new Species of Nemertine.

By J. C. Sumner, Royal College of Science.

WHILE looking over some Codium in search of Nudibranchs

at Fowey, in Cornwall, I found a small Nemertine, which

has proved, on subsequent examination, to be a species new

to science. ‘ihe specimen belongs to the genus Tetrastemma,

and is like 7. dorsale in the shape and form of the body.

I propose to call it 7. maculatum, on account of the con-

spicuous spots with which the animal is covered. Unlike

T. nigrum (also found on Codium) this animal is easily seen,

owing to its bright coloration showing up well against the

dark green background of the seaweed. For this reason it is

probable that it does not generally live on Codium, but with

other surroundings which would render it less conspicuous.

Tetrastemma maculatum, sp. n.

Diagnosis. Animal about 8 millim. long. Body cylin-

drical and tapering, resembles in shape 7. dorsale rather

than the elongate forms, such as 7’. favidum and T. vermiculum.

General ground-colour pure white ; dorsal surface beset by

large black spots, which become smaller and less numerous

on the sides, and almost disappear on the ventral surface.

ftemarks. These spots have a slight tendency to arrange

themselves in transverse bands, which for some reason or

other, for which | am unable to account, become much more

marked after death. The head is not very distinctly marked

off from the body by the cephalic groove, which is only to be

seen by careful scrutiny. ‘The groove dorsally extends in a

posterior direction and ventrally anteriorly. Laterally well-

marked cilia are present. The eyes are situated very deep

in the head, and are almost easier to see from the ventral

surface than from the dorsal; they are pale brown in colour,

and the posterior pair are wider apart than the anterior,

I have been unable to make out much of the internal

anatomy, owing to the fact that the animal has not cleared

very well in oil of cloves. So far as I can see, however,

there is no material difference in this respect between this

species and its nearest allies.

Undoubtedly Z. maculatum is very closely allied to

T. nigrum, and, indeed, is only to be distinguished by the

great difference in colour.

On new Coleoptera from Costa Rica. 115

XX.—Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Costa Rica.

By C. J. GAHAN, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department,

British Museum.

Monsteur H. Prrrrer pe FAsreca, Director of the Instituto

Fisico-Geografico Nacional de Costa Rica, has forwarded to

Dr. Giinther two or three small collections of Coleoptera,

which were for the most part made on the little-explored

Pacitic slope of that country. With the aid of the splendid

collections of Central-American Coleoptera presented to the

Museum by Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin it has not

been difficult for me to identify the large majority of the

species sent by M. Pittier ; but there still remain a few forms

which I have been unable to find in those collections and

which do not seem to be referable to any described species.

These I now describe: for one—an interesting species of

Carabide—I have found it necessary to institute anew genus.

Carabide.

LEPTOTOMUS, gen. nov.

Somewhat ovate or elliptic in outline. Head with two

setigerous punctures above each eye; clypeus with a seta

near each of the antero-lateral angles; labrum emarginate,

sex-setose along margin; scrobe of mandible devoid of sete ;

mentum emarginate, without tooth; ligula ending in a free

median chitinous process, at the sides of and beyond which

project the membranous lateral lobes (paraglosse), which are

rounded at tip; second joint of labial palpi bisetose near its

extremity. Pronotum with a rather long seta near each of

the hind angles. Elytra rounded at apex, their surface

covered with very fine close longitudinal and parallel striz,

almost microscopic in character ; each elytron with a row ot

setigerous punctures along the outer margin. Fore tibie

emarginate; first four joints of fore tarsi (¢?) slightly

expanded, subspinose underneath. Antenne rather short,

first three joints glabrous, the rest pubescent; first joint

about equal in length to the second and third united; these

joints subcylindrical ; the joints from the fifth to the tenth

each about as broad as long, the eleventh slightly longer but

scarcely narrower than the tenth.

The short and ovate form of this genus suggest a position

for it near Barysomus and Bradybeus.

S*

116 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

Leptotomus Pittiert, sp. n.

Subovatus, rufo-brunneus; pronoto nitido, medio longitudinaliter

impresso, lateribus paullo rotundatis. angulis anticis acutis,

posticis subobtusis, margine basali leviter bisinuata; elytris

longitudinaliter tenuissimeque striatis, utrisque serie marginali

punctorum setigerorum.

Long. 6, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, Buenos Aires (H, Pittier).

Short and somewhat ovate in form; reddish brown in

colour. Head and prothorax glossy. Elytra more opaque,

but exhibiting a soft silky lustre in certain lights ; impressed

with very fine and close-set longitudinal strie, running

parallel to one another, and only visible with the aid of a

good lens or low power of the microscope; each elytron has

a row of rather widely separated setigerous punctures close

to the outer margin.

Menidius vittatus, sp. n.

Capite prothoraceque ferrugineis, elytris flavo-testaceis, vittis nigris

ornatis—una suturali, una submarginali et subsinuata, una ab

suturali ad marginalem oblique transeunte, una per medium

discum a basi ad fasciam obliquam descendente.

Long. 7, lat. 24 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, between Mata de lana and Rodeo, on

the Pacific side.

This species has a close resemblance to J. ctrcumseptus,

Bates, but the sutural vitta extends right up to the scutellum,

and there stops, instead of bifureating and circling round the

base of each elytron ; there is, in addition to the submarginal

black line, another which runs along the middle of each

elytron from the base as far as the oblique fascia which

joms the sutural with the submarginal vitta; the latter is

somewhat removed from the margin in its anterior half, but

beyond the middle, where the oblique fascia joins it, bends

downwards and approaches the margin much more closely ;

at the junction of the oblique fascia with the sutural vitta at

about the beginning of its posterior third there is a slightly

expanded rhomboidal black area.

The prothorax is transversely strigose above, and is im-

pressed with a median longitudinal groove.

Scarabzide.

Copris costaricensis, sp. n.

Oblongus ; clypeo antice leviter emarginato; thoracis angulis anticis

Coleoptera from Costa Rica, 117

acutis postice sinuatis; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, punctis

approximatis. (¢) Cornu capitis erecto, vix recurvyo; thorace

quadridentato, dentibus mediis suleco usque ad basin prolongato

et dense fortiterque punctato separatis; foveolis lateralibus et

depressionibus inter dentes medios lateralesque fortiter denseque

punctatis. ( 2) Tuberculo frontali brevi, apice leviter emarginato ;

thorace antice dense punctato.

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, San Francisco de Guadalupe, alt.

1200 m. (H. Pittier).

In having an acute, subdentate, antero-lateral angle to the

prothorax, followed by a slight sinuation or obliquity of the

margin, this species resembles C. Salle’, Har., and C. Re-

bouchet, Har.; from both it is distinguished by the more

thickly and distinctly punctured mid-dorsal furrow of the

prothorax, and by having the sides of the prothorax, from

the lateral fovea up to the anterior margin, and the broad

channels between the median and lateral teeth also thickly

and strongly punctured in the male.

Bates has, in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ recorded

only two species of Copris trom as far south as Costa Rica.

These two—C. incertus, Say, and C. armatus, Har.—range

northwards to Mexico. On examining the examples which

Bates has placed together in the latter species, I have noticed

that there is a rather marked difference in the punctuation of

the male prothorax. In the Mexican examples the anterior

part of the prothorax is distinctly punctured, with the punc-

tures rather closely placed, but with evident intervals between

them; in the other examples the surface of the front part of

the prothorax is just as distinctly asperate. In the examples

from Costa Rica there is a further difference, in that the

elytra are much more feebly punctured along the strie. It

is possible, however, that with much larger series these

differences would become less apparent.

Cerambycide.

Hlolonotus sternalis, sp. n.

Niger ; elytris brunnescenti-testaceis, postice piceis ; pronoto medio

valde denseque puuctato, versus latera crebrius rugoso-punctato ;

elytris dense fortiterque punctatis ; mesosterno grosse tuberculato,

ad apicem lateraliter compresso et cariniformi; antennis brevibus,

prothoracis basin paullo superantibus.

9. Long. 25, lat. 95 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, Cerro de la Voltea (H. Pittier).

Black, with the elytra almost entirely of a reddish-brown

118 . Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

colour, a narrow space bordering the posterior margin being

somewhat black. Pronotum (with the exception of a narrow

median space extending for a short distance from a little in

front of the base) strongly and thickly punctured, especially

towards the sides, where the punctures are crowded together

to form a rugose surface; sides subparallel or very slightly

diverging for about one third of their length from the base,

thence rather strongly converging to the anterior border.

Elytra strongly and rather closely punctured; posterior

margin rounded and denticulate, with a slightly larger tooth

on each side where it joins the lateral margins. Mesosternum

projecting as a strong tubercle which is laterally compressed,

and at the tip smooth and keel-like.

This species may be distinguished from H. minor, Bates,

which appears to be the most nearly allied form, by the

shortness of the female antenne, which extend only a very

short distance beyond the hind margin of the pronotum, and

by the prominence of the mesosternum, which, instead of

fitting evenly into the emargination of the prosternum,

projects somewhat below it. The pronotum also is more

angulate at the sides and is more strongly and somewhat less

closely punctured on the middle of its surface.

Callichroma Batest, sp. n.

C. cosmica, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1872, p. 186.

Viridi-metallica, supra atro-viridis; pronoti vitta mediana, elytrorum

sutura et vitta angusta utrinque viridi-nitidis, subglabris ;

prothorace utrinque fortiter acuteque tuberculato ; corpore subtus

viridi-nitido, vix pubescente ; antennis pedibusque nigris, femo-

ribus anticis intermediisque (basi exceptis) testaceis.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt) ; Costa Rica, Guana-

caste (fH. Pittier).

This species was determined by Bates to be the C. cosmica

of White; but in the latter species the prothorax has a blunt

tubercle on each side, which is feebly developed in comparison

with the strong and spine-like tubercle occupying the same

position in the present species. In C. cosmica the underside

has a distinct, though thin, silvery-grey pubescence, which is

easily seen in certain lights, and the lateral vitta of each

elytron is reduced to a narrow streak near the base. In

C. Batest the underside of the body is almost impubescent,

and the lateral vitta of each elytron extends as a distinct

bright band from the shoulder as far as the apex.

Coleoptera from Costa Rica. 119

Oncideres Pittiert, sp. n.

O. amputatori affinis ; prothorace utrinque pone medium tuberculo

nigro-nitido vix elevato, supra maculis tribus nigro-nitidis in

serie transverso ante medium positis; elytris fulvo-maculatis,

utrinque plaga magna elongata supra dilacerata, alba, basi dense

* nigro-nitido-granulatis, disco fere usque medium minus dense sed

evidenter granulatis; corpore subtus, pracipue versus latera,

prothoracisque lateribus albescentibus ; segmentis abdominis

postice fulvis. 9°.

Long. 23, lat. 82 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, savannahs and forests of Limon, facing

the Pacific (HZ. Pittier).

From O. amputator, Fabr., O. putator, Thoms., and other

allied forms this species is to be distinguished by the some-

what larger and more closely placed shining granules on the

base of the elytra and by the extension of these granules on

the dorsal region almost up to the middle. The long white

patch on the side of each elytron is also characteristic ; this

reaches the margin of the elytron on its outer side, while its

inner border is very irregular and is broken by one large gap,

which divides the patch into a larger anterior and a smaller

posterior portion ; near its anterior end, which lies a little

behind the shoulder, a few isolated black granules are to be

seen. ‘lhe pubescence on the underside of the body is greyish

white, distinctly white and rather dense on the sides of the

prothorax and mid and hind breast. The abdominal segments

are fulvous towards their hind borders.

Amphionycha ventralis, sp. n.

Capite testaceo, flavo-pubescente ; prothorace albo-pubescente, supra

prope basin infuscatis; elytris nigris, dense punctatis, griseo

tenuiter pubescentibus, utrinque carinatis; corpore subtus nigro-

fuscis et testaceis, segmentis duobus ultimis abdominis dense

flavo-pubescentibus, coxis femoribusque pallide testaceis, tibiis

tarsisque fuscis ; antennis subtus sparse ciliatis, articulis quarto,

quinto et sexti basi testaceis.

Long. 11, lat. 35 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, Pacific side, between Mata de lana and

Rodeo (H. Pittier).

Head testaceous, with a dense yellowish pubescence above.

Prothorax with the basal margin turned slightly outwards,

with a dense whitish pubescence, except near the base on the

upper surface, where it is somewhat blackish. LElytra black,

with a thinner dark grey pubescence, which does not entirely

120 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

conceal the rather strong and closely placed punctures. An-

tenne rather slender, sparsely ciliate underneath, dark brown,

with the fourth and fifth joints and proximal half of sixth

testaceous ; the third joint, which is also very narrowly testa-

ceous at the base, is about equal in length to the first and

second taken together and is a little longer than the fourth.

The last two abdominal segments are covered with a dense

pale yellow pubescence, the rest of the underside being of a

fuscous or dark reddish colour. The cox and femora are

pale testaceous, the tibize and tarsi dark brown.

This species has a close superficial resemblance to [somerida

picticornis, Bates, but may be distinguished, ¢nter alia, by

the slenderer appearance of the antenne, which are only

sparsely ciliated and without the thick fringe which is present

on the basal joints of the latter species.

The resemblances that hold between different species, even

of distinct genera, in this group seem to be accounted for by

their common mimicry of some forms of Lampyride and

other Malacoderms.

XXI.—WNotes on the Thelyphonide contained in the Collection

of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock, of the British

Museum (Natural History).

[Plate IT.]

Synopsis of the Genera of Thelyphonide.

a. The anal segment without ommatoids; the

carapace angularly pointed in front and

not furnished either with cephalic keels

or with a ridge between the median eyes. Thelyphonellus, g. nov.

Type amazonicus (Butl.).

6. The anal segment bearing one or two om-

matoids on each side; carapace bluntly

rounded in front.

a‘, Carapace not furnished on each side

with a keel running forward from the

lateral eyes; no distinct ridge between

the median eyes.

a’, Coxal apophysis of the chela with a

distinct spine on its inner edge (cf.

also secondary sexual characters of

THEALON Maeve Ris oot feiss Gy lete ke joven orotate * Labochirus, g. nov.

Type proboscideus(Butl.).

b?, Coxal apophysis of chela unarmed

(cf. secondary sexual characters of

nicl) ao aaa Ae eth seveeeeeee Hypoctonus, Thorell.

Type formosus (Butl.).

Ann. & Mag. Nat.

list. 8. 6. Vol.

AV. PUI.

J.Green de! ct lth

Thelyphonide tn the British Museum. Eyl

b'. Carapace furnished on each side with a

keel running forwards from the lateral

eyes.

a, Median eyes not separated by an

upstanding ridge ; hand in ¢ flat,

twice as wide as the femur, which

is long, slender, cylindrical, and

about twice as long as the tibia... Mumoscorpius, g. nov.

Type pugnator (Butl.).

b®, Median eyes separated by a distinct

elevated ridge; hand in both sexes

strongly convex, subcylindrical,

and at most only a little wider

than the femur, which is shorter

and thicker.

a‘. The genital operculum in the 9

with its median area laterally

sulcate and deeply impressed in

the middle, its posterior border

truncate and sinuate ........ Typopeltis, g. nov.

Type P. erucifer, Pocock.

b*. Genital operculum in the 9

without a deep median impres-

sion ; its posterior border con-

vexly rounded.

a’, Genital operculum in the ¢

large, with a deep narrow

median groove, which ter-

minates behind in a short

transverse impression ; a spine

on the second ventral plate

(tarsi of first leg in 9 (?al-

ways) modified),

a®. With one ommatoid on each

side of the anal segment.. Thelyphonus (Latr.), Thor.

Type caudatus (Linn.), Thor.

b°, With two ommatoidson each

side of the anal segment.. Tetrabalius, Thor.

Type seticauda (Dol.).

6°. Genital operculum in ¢ with-

out a fine median groove ; the

second ventral plate without

a spine (tarsi of 2 unmodi-

fied).

a’, Coxal apophysis of chela

longer, thinner, and

armed internally with a

distinct tooth ........ Uroproctus, g. nov.

Type assamensis (Stol.).

6”. Coxal apophysis of chela

shorter, stouter, and

not armed internally

with a tooth.......... Mastigoproctus, e. nov.

Type geganteus (Lucas).

133 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

THELYPHONUS (Latr.).

The British Museum has examples of the following species

of this genus :—

Thelyphonus caudatus (Linn.). Java, Hong Kong.

linganus, Koch. Sumatra.

lucanoides, Butler. Borneo.

johorensis, Oates. Malacca, Singapore.

Schimkewitschit, Tarn. Siam.

septarts, Butler. India, Ceylon.

dorie, Thorell. Sarawak.

manillanus, Koch. Manilla.

insulanus, L. Koch. New Hebrides.

Hoset, sp.n. (Cf. infra.) Borneo.

anthracinus, sp.n. (Cf. infra.) Borneo.

Tarnanii, sp.n. (Cf infra.) Billiton Island.

Moreover there is but little doubt that the following species,

which are unknown to me, also belong to this section :—

Th. asperatus, 'Thorell, Th. papuanus, Vhorell, and Th. aus-

tralianus, C. Koch.

ae

Thelyphonus sepiaris, Butler.

Thelyphonus sepiaris, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 181 (May 1, 1875).

Thelyphonus nigrescens, id. ibid.

Thelyphonus indicus, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xlii. p. 138

(May 28, 1873).

Thelyphonus Beddomei, id. ibid. p. 142.

This species, of which the British Museum has examples

from Ceylon, Madras, and Tenasserim, is closely allied to

Th. caudatus (Linn.). ‘The males of sepraris, however, may

be readily recognized by the coarse coriaceous texture of the

abdominal sterna and by the approximate equality in size of

the spines upon the trochanter of the chela.

Thelyphonus lucanoides, Butler.

Thelyphonus lucanoides, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,

p. 205.

The male of this species differs from that of Th. caudatus

(Linn.) in having the tibial. apophysis of the chela long and

slender. Itis so long, in fact, that when the “hand” is

closed against the apophysis the tip of the latter reaches

almost as far as the tip of the immovable digit ; moreover

the chele, which are coarsely and closely punctured, are much

less robust distally, the tarsus or hand being narrower than

the tibia. In addition there are six well-developed spines on

the trochanter.

2 ee,

i -_e— 2s] lt

Thelyphonide tn the British Museum. 123

The locality of this species is said to be ‘‘ Corea; ”’ but it is

in all probability Borneo, for several of the Arthropoda

forming part of the same collection and also ticketed “ Corea”

are in reality referable to Bornean species.

Thelyphonus Hoset, sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 1-16.)

?. Colour of upperside of trunk and chele deep black ;

lower surface of trunk deep red; the legs with reddish tint,

which becomes paler distally, the feet being distinctly pale

red.

Carapace densely granular, the granules coarser upon the

area behind and on the inner side of the lateral eyes; the

area just on the inner side of and below the cephalic keels, as

well as that on the middle of the interocular area and behind

the median ocular tubercle, not granular ; the tubercle quite

smooth, high, and projecting some way in front of the eyes.

The abdomen densely covered with low squamitorm

granules, the median line visible upon the first three and on

the eighth and ninth; the two anterior annilar seements of

the postabdomen smooth below, finely granular above and

at the sides; the anal segment smooth, punctured, the

ommatoids large, transverse, larger than any of the eyes;

flagellum composed of 385 segments. Genital operculum

mesially produced posteriorly, studded with coarse punctures,

the interstices being smooth, with scarcely a trace of a

median line, but with a pair of conspicuous impressions,

densely punctulate laterally, not quite twice as wide as long,

but as long as the fourth and half the fifth sterna. The second

and third sterna about equally long in the middle line,

sculptured like the first, the second with a median transverse

thickening ; the rest of the sterna smooth and polished, but

sparsely and weakly punctured, the impressions elongate.

Anterior sternum ot cephalothorax not keeled and scarcely

granular.

Chele.— Coxe polished, sparsely punctured below, densely

punctured and subgranulate behind, the apophysis densely

punctured, its inner border distinctly shouldered. The tro-

chanter armed with 2 lower teeth, of which the distal is the

largest and the proximal bifid, and above with 6 teeth, the 3

internal of which are well developed and subequal, the angular

(fourth) is the largest, and the two anterior as large as the

lateral ; these are close together, but separated widely from

the angular ; this segment, like the femur, is densely punc-

tured and subgranular above and below. The femur is armed

with a large lower spine and a small but distinct upper one.

Tibia smooth, polished, sparsely punctured, furnished with a

124 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

small inferior anterior spinule ; the apophysis stout, about as

long as the anterior thickness of the tibia, armed with two or

three teeth internally in front of the apex, and three more

posteriorly, the posterior of which is on the inner edge of the

tibia, its external edge coarsely serrate. Tarsus narrower than

tibia, smooth, polished, sparsely punctured, with an anterior

inferior spine, the movable digit normally sulcate and punc-

tured, its inner border sinuate.

Legs.—Tarsus of first pair with the second segment distally

incrassate, considerably longer than the third or fourth; the

fifth and sixth segments short, the latter with its inner surface

internally produced, thickened; the seventh longer than the

fifth and sixth taken together, thickened externally and

presenting the appearance of having been twisted on its own

axis, coarsely punctured; the eighth about as long as the

seventh, its upper surface depressed ; the ninth as long as the

eighth, unmodified.

The rest of the legs with femora finely granular externally.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 52, length of

carapace 18-5, distance between lateral eyes and _ posterior

border 13. Chela: length of femur (below) 8°5, of tibia (above)

6°3, of its apophysis 4+, of tarsus 5, of movable digit 5:2;

width of femur 4°5, of tibia 5, of tarsus 4. First leg, length

of third segment (femur) 12°5, of fourth 17-5, of fitth 16°5,

of tarsus 8°5; fourth leg, length of femur 14, of patella 6:5,

of tibia 15, of tarsus (three segments) 5°d.

A second specimen, an immature male, resembles the

female described above, except that it is smaller, being

44 millim. long, and has the tarsi of the first pair of legs un-

modified, the ninth segment being relatively longer than the

eighth, and the eighth than the seventh. Moreover the

posterior tooth on the lower surface of the trochanter of the

chela is simple.

Loc. Mount Dulit, in Sarawak (N. Borneo). Collected

by C. Hose, Esq.

This appears to be the largest described representative of

the genus, using the term as restricted above, the average

length of which appears to be less than 35 millim. The

two that approach it nearest are Zh, manillanus of C. Koch

and Zh. dorte of Thorell, both of which may exceed

40 millim.

The latter, which was obtained in Sarawak (the neigh-

bourhood of the town), differs from Hose? in having only one

anterior spine on the trochanter of the chela, and this segment

and the femur smoother, and the ocular tubercle much lower

in front.

Thelyphonidee in the British Museum. 125

Thelyphonus anthracinus, sp. n.

This species is nearly allied to Zh. Hose. It differs in

the following respects :—

The length of apparently an adult female is only 29 millim.

The lower surface of the abdomen is densely covered with

minute punctuation, which is particularly thick upon the

first, second, third, and eighth sternal plates ; on the inter-

vening plates the punctuation can be perceived with a lens of

low power.

In Hose there is no perceptible fine punctulation on the

sterna,

In the tarsi of the first pair of legs the third segment is as

long as the second and a trifle longer than the fourth; the

ninth is about as long as the seventh and eighth taken

together, the latter two being unmodified ; the fifth and sixth

are slightly modified, the former, which is about as long as

the fourth, has its upper surface impressed on its inner side,

while the sixth, which is longer than the seventh or eighth

and about as long as the second, has its inner surface black

and flattened and its lower inflated.

In other respects, such as structure of the chele &e., this

form does not seem to differ from Hose’. ‘The smoother

tracts on the interocular area of the carapace in the latter

species are not noticeable in anthracinus.

Loc. Batu Song (Hastern Sarawak). Collected by C.

Hose, Esq.

Thelyphonus Tarnanii, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 2-2 0.)

9. Closely allied to Th. Hosez, but differing in the fol-

lowing features :—

Carapace more finely granular behind, and not granular

but coarsely and finely punctured in front, with the ocular

tubercle much lower on its anterior portion.

The posterior prolongation of the genital operculum more

rounded.

The ommatoids are much less clearly discernible ; but this

is perhaps due to accident or the different method of preser-

vation.

The coxal apophysis of the chela is much less squarely

shouldered on its inner border. The segments of the legs

are relatively shorter (cf. measurements as compared with

length of carapace). The tarsi of the first pair are modified

almost exactly as in Hosez, but the relative length of the

segments is a little different, the eighth segment being

noticeably shorter than the seventh.

126 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length about 47, of

carapace 163; distance between lateral eyes and_ posterior

border of carapace 11 ; first pair of legs, femur 9, patella 12-2,

tibia 12, tarsus 7; fourth leg, femur 11, patella 5, tibia 10°5,

tarsus (three segments) 5.

A single (dried) female from Billiton Island (off the S.E.

extremity of Sumatra).

From the above measurements it may be seen that in the

legs of the last pair the tibial segment is shorter than the

distance between the lateral eyes and the posterior border of

the carapace (11:10°5), whereas in Hosez the segment is

longer than the above distance (7. e. 18:15). Similar com-

parisons will show that the segments of the legs of the first

pair are shorter in Th. Tarnani.

TYPOPELTIS, gen. nov.

Allied to Thelyphonus (s. s.), but the genital operculum of

the female having its middle third elevated and deeply

mesially impressed, while the posterior border of the median

area is not evenly rounded.

Type Th. crucifer, sp. n. .

I also refer to this genus Th. sinensis, Butler, and the

species that I identify as Th. Stimpsonit of Wood. I suspect,

too, that Th. amurensis of Tarnani will come in here.

Loc. China, Japan, &c.

Typopeltis Stimpsonii, Wood. (Pl. II. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Thelyphonus Stimpson, Wood, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 312.

Colour black; tarsi, flagellum, and lower surface ferru-

ginous.

Carapace densely punctured in its anterior portion and

lightly transversely wrinkled, covered in its posterior two

thirds with rounded granules, the impressions not deep, the

margin finely serrate, anteriorly studded with sete; a pair of

setae on the ocular tubercle behind the eyes, another pair in

front of the tubercle ; the ocular keel complete, @. e. running

from the lateral eyes and curving round to the front margin

of the tubercle, which is smooth; the area between the

summit of the tubercle and the middle of the front border

sloping at an angle of about 50°, the area lying below the

ocular keel vertical posteriorly. The median eyes black,

the lateral amber-yellow ; no accessory eyes.

Abdomen densely punctured above and covered thickly with

low rounded granules ; the last segment of the postabdomen

shining, weakly granular; the ommatoids a little smaller

Thelyphonidee in the British Museum. 127

than a lateral eye; flagellum bearing short sete. The poste-

rior sterna bearing laterally a few low granules, their median

portion sparsely punctured.

The genital operculum (first sternite) marked with a very

deep transversely oval impression in its anterior half, upon

each side of which, that is posteriorly and laterally, there is a

groove which, rising at a point on a level with the middle of

the lateral side of the depression above mentioned, is directed

obliquely inwards and backwards, but falls considerably short

of the posterior border, which is distinctly emarginate on each

side of the middle line, the external angle of each emargina-

tion marking the place where a horny process projects

upwards on each side of a median membranous portion of the

second ; the second mesially very narrow, with its posterior

border straight ; third also with its posterior border straight.

Chele rather short; the cova minutely and closely punc-

tured and also coarsely and sparsely; the anterior processes

without secondary teeth, and diverging from each ether at an

angle of about 50°. Trochanter (third segment) sharply

granular in front, its inferior edge armed with 2 teeth, its

upper edge with 4 (1 large angular, 2 small lateral, and 1

large anterior, the latter in one case bearing a minute external

basal spinule) ; the upper surface roughened with small smooth

crescentic elevations, which are situated behind setiferous

pores. The femur provided in front above with a small tubercle,

below with a sharp spine, ornamented above, below, and

externally with crescentic impressions, passing into squami-

formgranules. bia somewhat coarsely punctured; its process

stout, pointed apically, and almost as long as the terminal

digital segment; its anterior border convex and serrate, its

posterior border very lightly concave and armed with 1

prominent spine (rarely 2) behind the apex. Tursal segment

coarsely punctured, armed below with a single spine; its

apophysis serrate along both its margins, the serrations on its

anterlor or inner margin continued. from the corresponding

border of the segment; digit with evenly arched external and

internal edge, the latter longitudinally bisulcate.

Legs with femora ornamented in front with squamiform

granules, behind with large punctures. atelle and tibie

similarly but much more finely ornamented ; the tibia (fifth

segment) armed below with a single spine at its distal end,

the segment following it furnished distally on each side with

a single spine; the feet (terminal three segments) armed below

with two parallel series of stout blunt spines, of which the

distal two on each segment are the longest. Zarsus of first

leg with segments 2 to 8 gradually decreasing in length, the

128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

ninth twice as long as the eighth, fusiform; lower edge of

segments 5 to 8 black and thickened, but not notched or

otherwise modified.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 47, of cara-

pace 17; width of carapace across the angles of the lateral

borders 9°5. Chela: length of segments along upperside,

femur 3°5, tibia 5°5, tibial apophysis 4; tarsus 4:2; tarsal

apophysis (immovable digit) 2°8, movable digit 4°5. First leg,

length of femur 12, patella 15, tibia 14°5, tarsus 10°5; fourth

leg, length of femur 13°6, patella 5:2, tibia 14, tarsus (distal

four segments) 9°5 ; length of anterior three abdominal sterna

(along middle line) 6°5; length of first sternum 5, width 10-5.

Two female examples from O6-Sima (Lu-Chu Islands),

collected and presented by Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N.

Th. sinensis of Butler, from Hong Kong, of which

Th. Stimpsonii, Butler, appears to be the young, is very

nearly related to this species of Wood’s; but it seems to

differ in having the posterior border of the genital operculum

much less noticeably biemarginate, and the furrows on each

side of the median impression parallel, longer, and extending

almost to the posterior border of the plate. Moreover the

tarsi of the feet seem to be shorter, the length of those of the

first and fourth pairs of legs being respectively 9 and 8, while

that of the carapace is 16. In the structure of the palpi the

two are very similar, but in sznenszs the secondary tooth upon

anterior border of the trochanter is well developed. I do not

consider that the absence in the Lu-Chu specimens of the

posterior spine on the inner border of the trochanter is suffi-

cient to constitute a specific distinction between these

examples and Wood’s type from Japan, in which this spine

is said to be present although small. 2. amurensis of Tarnani

(Zool. Anz. 1889, no. 301, and Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xxiv.

p- 519, pl. in. fig. 3) is allied to these two species, coming

nearest apparently to sznensis; but the depression on the

operculum is much wider and shallower, and the lateral

grooves are curved inwards round the anterior part of the

median elevated area.

Typopeltis crucifer,sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 4, 4a.)

Nearly related to Stimpsoni?, but with the surface of the

genital operculum marked with a deep Y-shaped median

groove, on each side of which there is a shallow longitudinal

impression parallel with its fellow of the opposite side and

extending behind to the posterior angle of the plate; the

posterior border of the operculum widely emarginate in the

Thelyphonidee tn the British Museum. 129

middle, with a short median rounded prominence in the middle

of the emargination. ‘This emargination leaves much more

of the second segment uncovered than is seen in Th. Stimp-

sonit, sinensis, and amurensis.

Falpi like those of my specimens of Stiémpsonii, but with

the posterior tooth on the inner edge of-the trochanter present,

and with three teeth before the apex on the posterior border

of the tibial apophysis. Tarsus of first leg with the segments

distally decreasing in length almost as in TZ. Stimpsoniz,

distally incrassate, the eighth and ninth segments deeply

notched below.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 38, length of

carapace 14; first leg, femur 9°5, patella 12°5, tibia 12,

tarsus 8; fourth leg, femur 10°7, patella 4°5, tibia 10-7,

tarsus 7.

Three female specimens, without locality.

URroproctvus, gen. nov. (Pl. II. figs. 7, 7 a.)

Carapace like that of Thelyphonus.

The apophysis of the coxa of the chele with its inner edge

straight and armed with a distinct spine, the whole process

gradually narrowed towards the tip.

The genital operculum of the male not large, swollen at the

sides, but without median groove; no spine on the second

abdominal plate ; the genital operculum of the female almost

like that of Zhelyphonus.

Tarsi of first leg in female unmodified.

Type and only known species is 7. assamensis, Stoliczka,

of which the following is the synonymy :—

Thelyphonus assamensis, Stol. J. A. S. Bengal, 1869, pl. ii. p. 205 ;

id. op. cit. 1875, pt. 11. p. 153.

Thelyphonus scabrinus, id. loc. cit. p. 180 (teste Oates).

Thelyphonus rufimanus, Lucas, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept.

1872, p. 202 (not rujgimanus of Lucas).

Thelyphonus proscorpio, Latr., Butler, ibid. (not proscorpio, Latr.).

Thelyphonus psittacinus, Butler, Cist. Ent. vi. p. 129 (1873).

Loc. Assam, Sikkim.

This species differs from all the species of Thelyphonus

(s. s.) in the different form of the genital operculum in the

male and in the shape of the coxal apophysis of the chela,

this process in Thelyphonus being stout, with its inner edge

unarmed and abruptly narrowed at the apex.

MASTIGOPROCTUS, gen. nov.

Differs from Thelyphonus principally in the characters con-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 9

130 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

nected with the genital operculum set forth in the above

synopsis.

Loc. Central America and Brazil.

The type of the genus has the following synonymy :—

Mastigoproctus giganteus (Lucas).

Thelyphonus giganteus, Lucas, Mag. Zool. pt. vill. (1855); Koch,

Arachn. x. p. 21, figs. 767, 768.

Thelyphonus excubttor, Girard, Expl. of Red River, p. 265, fig. xvii.

Thelyphonus P mexicanus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,

p- 201.

Thelyphonus rufus, id. ibid. p. 205.

The British Museum has a large number of examples of

this species from various parts of Mexico and a few from

Texas.

I believe that the form named meaicanus by Butler is

merely the male not quite adult; but I have not seen quite

enough examples of this sex to be able to establish the truth

of my belief.

I also refer to this genus the species described by Tarnani

as Thelyphonus maximus, of which the Museum has a single

male example from Matto Grosso, in Brazil. I suspect, how-

ever, that this so-called species is the male of Th. brasilianus

of Koch, and I do not feel satisfied that Th. brasilianus of

Tarnani is identical with the species so-named by the German

arachnologist.

I provisionally refer to this genus Th. proscorpio of

Latreille * (=antillanus of Koch and caudatus of Tarnani), of

which the Museum has a considerable number of females

from Haiti. But my ignorance of the male characters makes

the reference doubtful. The same remarks apply to the

species described below as MW. Butlerd.

Mastigoproctus Butlert, sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Thelyphonus brasilianus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,

p- 201.

Colour blackish red above, paler below.

Carapace thickly and rather coarsely granular throughout,

the ocular keel complete and finely serrate, the area below it

vertical, the anterior extremity of the carapace also almost

* Latreille expressly stated that the species he named proscorpio was

an inhabitant of the West Indies. I consequently adopt this specific

name for the form that Koch subsequently described as antillanus ; but

I cannot see that Tarnani has any grounds for calling this species caudatus

of Linn., the latter being, as Stoliczka and Thorell have pointed out, a

Javan form.

Thelyphonide in the British Museum. 131

vertical; the thoracic fovea rather deep, the median groove

conspicuous and smooth anteriorly.

Terga granular like the carapace, with a conspicuous series

of granules along the posterior border ; the terminal segment

smooth, punctured.

Sterna.—First or genital operculum large, not twice as

wide as long, smooth, polished, strongly impressed just above

the stigma and laterally in front of the pulmonary sac, with

two very faint impressions on each side of the middle line; a

shallow median groove in its posterior half, and behind this

a shallow transverse impression ; second sternal plate finely

granular and slightly elevated just behind the genital aper-

ture, with an oblique ridge on each side of it and a low median

crest behind it; the third sternite very narrow and trans-

versely grooved; the rest of the sterna nearly entirely

smooth.

The metasternum and cove of the cephalothorax smooth,

sparsely punctured; the prosternum granular but not keeled.

Chele.— Core (maxille) smooth below, coarsely but

sparsely punctured, rugose behind, the processes projecting

straight forwards parallel with each other, their external sur-

face forming an obtuse angle with the anterior edge of the

coxa. Trochanter rugose, but scarcely granular above, with

3 blunt tuberculiform teeth on the inner edge and a small

tooth at the base of the larger angular tooth on its outer side,

its lower edge armed with one strong tooth-like spine. Femur

coarsely punctured, rugose above, armed in front with only

one small inferior tubercle. Z%bca coarsely punctured, with a

conspicucus, blunt, cylindrical tooth at the base of the

apophysis, which is slender, bluntly serrate in front, and

smooth behind. Yarsus (manus) coarsely punctured, finely

serrate internally, the serration passing on to the immovable

digit, bearing the usual anterior inferior spine ; the movable

digit normally grooved, its internal edge conspicuously

emarginate.

Legs finely granular ; tarsus of first with the third segment

the longest, the second and ninth about equal in length, fourth

to the eighth becoming gradually shorter, all the segments

cylindrical ; tarsi of the rest armed below with two series of

robust spines.

Measurements in millimetres —TVotal length 39, length of

carapace 16, width across angles of lateral margin 8°5. Chela:

length of upperside of femur 45, of tibia 6°8, of tibial

apophysis 3°5, of tarsus 5, of tarsal apophysis 2°5, of digit 4-7.

First leg, femur 10°5, tarsus 10; fourth leg, femur 103,

Q*

132 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

patella 5, last three segments (foot) 5-2; length of genital

operculum 5:5, width 9:3.

A single (probably female) example from Brazil.

This species seems to be most nearly related to Th. pro-

scorpio (Latr.) ; it may be at once recognized, however, by

the spine-armature of the trochanter of the chela, this segment

being peculiar in having only one large inferior spine. More-

over the absence of spines on the femur is peculiar ; and the

spine at the base of the tibial apophysis is unusually promi-

nent. Mention may also be made of the parallelism between

the two maxillary processes of the coxe.

MIMOSCORPIUS, gen. nov. (PI. II. fig. 6.)

Carapace like that of Thelyphonus, but there is no distinct

ridge between the median eyes.

Genital operculum of male twice as wide as long, without

trace of a median sulcus, laterally swollen, its posterior border

mesially convex; the second sternum without a median spine.

Palpt in male peculiar; femur long, nearly cylindrical,

almost four times as long as thick, with a single small inferior

tuberculous spine on its anterior surface ; the é¢béa about half

the length of the femur and of about the same thickness, the

apophysis very long and slender; the tarsus or hand twice

as thick as the femur and flattened, its apophysis stout and

strongly curved at the apex.

This genus is established for the reception of Th. pugnator

of Butler *, from the Philippine Islands. The female of this

species is unfortunately unknown, but the male differs in

well-marked characters, both sexual and asexual, from the

remaining species of the group. I have consequently not

hesitated to regard it as a distinct genus.

LABOCHIRUS, gen. nov.

Carapace without cephalic keels and without an upstanding

ridge between the eyes as in [Zypoctonus.

The coxal apophysis of the chela with a distinct internal

spiniform tooth.

Genital operculum of male swollen, not sulcate, a process

on the posterior border of the second. Genital operculum of

adult female with a pair of tubercular elevations, its hinder

border produced,

Type and sole known species LZ. proboscideus, Butler, from

Ceylon, of which the following is the synonymy :—

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872, p. 204, pl. xiii. fig. 5.

Thelyphonidee 7m the British Museum. 133

Thelyphonus proboscideus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,

p. 203, pl. xiii. fig. 3, ¢.

Thelyphonus parvimanus, id. Cist. Ent. i. p. 130, fig. 8 (1873), 2.

This genus is nearly allied to //ypoctonus, 'Thorell, of

which formosus, Butler, is the type—a genus which, according

to Mr. Oates, is represented by several species in Burma.

But, apart from the presence of the above-mentioned spine

upon the coxal apophysis of the chela, Labochirus may be

recognized by its striking secondary sexual characters. These

are well shown in Mr. Butler’s figure of Th. proboscideus, and

a comparison between this and the same author’s figure of

Hypoctonus formosus will show better than words can explain

the wide difference in the style of the sexual modification

between the two genera.

THELYPHONELLUS, gen. nov.

Carapace gradually narrowed in front to a point, not fur-

nished with ocular keels, the sides of the interocular area

being smooth and convex, as in Hypoctonus. ‘The median

eyes lying flat upon the carapace, separated by a distance

which is about equal to a diameter, and not divided by an

upstanding ridge or tubercle.

Genital operculum of the male large, swollen mesially,

polished, neither sulcate nor impressed, with its posterior

border almost evenly convex; that of the female less swollen,

but also with evenly convex posterior border, and without

sulci and impressions.

Ommatoids absent.

Type Thelyphonellus amazonicus (Butler).

In addition to the female example from Santarem, which

served as Mr. Butler’s type, the British Museum has five

more specimens which were collected in Demerara by

Mr. W. L. Sclater. Two of these examples are males, and

show that the chele in this sex are much longer than in the

female.

There is a transverse impression behind the median eyes,

and the anterior region of the carapace is furnished with three

shallow longitudinal grooves.

Length up to 25 millim.

Revision of the Species identified or described in

Mr. Butler’s Papers.

3 2. Th. giganteus, Lucas = Mastigoproctus giganteus (Lucas).

©. Th. rufus, Butler = M. giganteus (Lucas).

The colour of this specimen is a sign of immaturity and not of

specific distinction.

134

On the Thelyphonide in the British Museum.

3. Th. mexicanus, Butler = M. mexicanus (Butler).

In the British Museum collection there are not enough interme-

diate forms to justify the view that this species isa ‘synonym of

giganteus.

29. Th. brasilianus, Koch

+0 0,40+0+0

Th. caudatus (Linn.)

3d. Th. nigrescens, Butler

3. Th. rufipes, Lucas

2. Th. linganus, Koch

3

3

. Th. manillanus, Koch

(yg.). Th. philippensis, Butler

. Th. lucanordes, Butler

. Th. australianus, C. Koch

(yg-).

QtOW%AWAtOAGW +0%

Fig.7 a.

. Th. antillanus, Koch

. Th. rufimanus, Lucas

. Th. proscorpio, Latr.

. Th. psittacinus, Butler

. Th. sepiaris, Butler

. Th. seticauda, Dol.

. Lh. sinensis, Butler

. Th. pugnator, Butler

. Th. formosus, Butler

. Th. proboscideus, Butler

. Th. parvimanus, Butler

. Th. amazonicus, Butler

ll

M. Butleri, sp. n., not M. brasilianus

(Koch).

M. proscorpio (Latr.) (cf. supra).

Uroproctus assamensis (Stoliczka).

U. assamensis (Stol.).

U. assamensis (Stol.).

Th, sepiaris, Butler, 2, = indicus 6,

and Beddomei 9, Stol. (The name

sepiaris has four weeks’ priority

over wdicus.)

Th. sepiaris, Butler, not caudatus

(Linn.), Thorell (cf. supra).

Th. sepiaris, Butler.

Th. caudatus (Linn.), Thorell.

Th. dorie, Thorell (not Linganus of

Koch).

Th. manillanus, Koch, 2 ,= Strauchit,

Tarnani, ¢.

Th. manillanus, Koch,

Th. lucanoides, Butler.

Th. insulanus, L. Koch (not austra-

hanus, C. Koch).

Tetrabalius seticauda (Dol.).

Young of Typopeltis sinensis (Butler).

Typopeltis sinensis (Butler).

Mimoscorpius pugnator (Butler).

Hypoctonus formosus (Butler).

Labochirus proboscideus (Butler).

Labochirus proboscideus (Butler).

Thelyphonellus amazonicus ( Butler).

Hou i tl J

z Il I

Th. Stimpsonit, Wood

Hou ww u tl

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

. Thelyphonus Hoset, sp. n., nat. size, 2.

. Ditto. Tarsus of first leg from below.

. Ditto. Anterior end of carapace from the side.

. Thelyphonus Tarnani, sp.n. Tarsus of first leg from below.

. Ditto. Anterior end of carapace.

. Ditto. Coxa of left chela.

. Typopeltis Stimpsonii (Wood), 2. Anterior abdominal sterna.

. Ditto. Tarsus of first leg from the side.

. Typopeltis crucifer. Anterior abdominal sterna, 9.

. Ditto. Tarsus of first leg from the side, 2.

. Mastigoproctus Butleri, sp. n. Basal segments of chela from

below.

. Ditto. Chela from above.

» Mimoscorpius pugnator (Butl.). Anterior sterna from below.

Fig. 7.

Uroproctus assamensis, Stol. Anterior abdominal sterna of ¢..

Ditto. Coxal process of chela.

New Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 135

XXII.—New Species of Geometers and Pyrales from the

Khasia Hills, By Col. C. Swinnoe, M.A., F.L.S.

Tribe GEOMETERS.

Family Geometridz.

Genus Maxartes, Moore.

1. Mazxates xanthochlora, sp. n.

3. Antenne, palpi, head, and body greenish grey. Wings

above dull green: fore wings with the inner two thirds pale

greenish grey, containing a large green spot at the end of the

cell and an incomplete green subbasal band; hind wings

with the basal fourth grey, including a green spot. Under-

side greyish white, with green cell-spots and marks, and a

broad discal greenish band across both wings, broader on hind

Wings, uniform and not reaching the costa on fore wings.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Family Acidalide.

Genus ANISODES, Guen.

2. Anisodes hyperythra, sp. n.

3. Palpi beneath and shafts of the antenne and top of

head whitish; plumes of the antenne, body, and wings above

of a uniform brick-dust colour, densely irrorated with very

minute brown atoms. Hind wings with a large black spot

with white pupil at the end of the cell, in some examples

the spot is white with merely a black rim; both wings with

indications of several transverse grey bands, very indistinct,

and only visible in certain lights. Underside with the body,

legs, and wings of a uniform pale pinkish grey, unmarked.

Expanse ot wings 14 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Closely resembles Perixera absconditaria, Walker.

3. Anisodes discofera, sp. n.

6. Pale dull straw-colour, sparsely irrorated with brown

atoms. Wings crossed by indistinct grey sinuous lines—first

subbasal, more apparent on hind wings; second medial,

touching a large brown spot in the centre of each wing, the

spot or patch very large on the fore wings; third discal, with

black points on the veins, touching a brown patch above

middle on the fore wings; fourth submarginal, almost obso-

lete on fore wings ; the margin with black points in the inter-

136 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

spaces. Underside paler, without irorations, with a discal

row of brown points on fore wings and some small brown

marks.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

Allied to Anisodes heydena, Swinh.; patches somewhat

similarly disposed, but the transverse lines are sinuous,

in heydena they are prominent and straight.

Genus CHRYSOCRASPEDA, Warren.

4, Chrysocraspeda plumbeofusa, sp. n.

g. Of a uniform ochreous-red colour, the entire fore wing

except the discoidal area and the costal area of hind wings

suffused with a lead-coloured glaze. Fore wings with a large

black lunular spot at the end of the cell, and with a few brown

striations near the outer margin: hind wings with a small

white spot ringed with brown at the end of the cell; cilia of

koth wings ochreous. Underside: fore wings pale black,

with pale red apex and outer marginal space ; hind wings

pale red, with black suffusion at the base.

Expanse of wings 1y‘5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Nearest to C. abhadraca, Walker.

Family Larentiide.

Genus CipariA, Treit.

5. Cidaria subapicalis, sp..n.

g. Frons, head, and fore part of therax ochreous grey ;

the remainder of thorax and abdomen darker. Fore wings

pale ochreous brown, crossed by subbasal, antemedial, and

postmedial sinuous brown bands, each intersected by a black

line and edged by a black line on each side; the outer band

has a pale line outside the black line, followed by another

blackish-brown line, and has two outward dentations in its

centre ; in one example the two outer bands have the space

between them suffused with black, forming one broad central

band; a brown short band on the outer margin below the

costa, angled inwards with two small dentations, which are

edged with black, and two or three indistinct lunulate trans-

verse brown lines in the pale discal space: hind wings pale

ochreous brown, whitish on costal space. Underside with

inner two thirds of fore wings black except the costal space,

_ broadly brown on outer margin, leaving a broad ochreous-

erey discal band, a small black spot at end of cell; hind

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 137

wings ochreous grey, densely irrorated with brown atoms, and

with a prominent black spot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings 1,°; inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Family Boarmiide.

Subfam. Dernrvii2.

Genus Myrteta, Walker.

6. Myrteta fuscolineata, sp. n.

@. Pure white, with some grey irrorations, thickest on

costa of fore wings; a grey dot at the end of each cell ;

greyish-brown transverse lines very indistinct, first from basal

third of abdominal margin of hind wings, and second from

the middle of the margin, both terminating at the apex of

fore wings; the first double on fore wings, only the second

double throughout; another very indistinct line outside the

second line, also a more distinct grey marginal line. Under-

side pure white and unmarked.

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Allied to Myrteta brunneiceps, Warren, of which I have

both sexes; the transverse lines (which in that species are

ochreous and very distinct) are somewhat similarly disposed,

but the shape and ground-colour are very distinct, and the

head of brunneiceps in both sexes is bright ochreous.

Subfamily Hyvourrwz.

Genus FASCELLINA, Walker.

7. Fascellina hypochlora, sp. n.

g@. Antenne, palpi, and frons dark red; thorax olive-green;

abdomen olive-grey. Wings dark olive-green, smeared in parts

with greyish white, fairly uniform in tint of colour, striated

with black near the base and on the basal half of costa of

fore wing, which has an antemedial transverse blackish thin

band, nearly straight and acutely bent inwards on to the

costa, where it is darkest; a broader dark green postmedial

diffuse band, also nearly straight; a discal pale line angled

outwards below the costa near the apex, which has a white

smear, then sinuous downwards to the hinder margin nearly

parallel with the outer margin, and across the hind wing a

little beyond the middle, edged throughout with dark green

on each side, and accompanied on the hind wings by a broad

dark green central band, which narrows towards the costa ;

cilia of both wings dark green. Underside pale green, tinged

with yellow at the base of fore wings and over the whole

138 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

surface of hind wings, and striated throughout with black; fore

wing with the white discal line with its inner side broadly

black from costa halfway down, also black on costa at apex ;

below this apical patch there is a white space on the margin,

and the inner costal space is also broadly white; hind wing

with the discal line black, and another similar line between

it and the margin.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

The hinder margin of fore wings is not excavated as in

FF, chromataria, Walk., and £. plagiata, Walk.

8. Fascellina hypochrisets, sp. n.

g. Antenne and palpi reddish brown; head, body, and

wings of a uniform olivaceous ochreous brown. Fore wings

with a brown line from just before middle of costa, forming a

small loop to the costa again before the apex, and then

bending down below the apex ; in the apical bend is a white

streak, and both loops are smeared with white; the basal

portion of the costa up to commencement of first loop is pale

pink with brown irrorations ; a white lunule at the end of the

cell (absent in one example) and indications of two straight

transverse dark thin bands, one before and the other beyond

the middle, almost touching the outside of the lunule. Under-

side with the fore wings bright yellowish grey, smeared with

white and striated with brown, with a white transverse discal

line elbowed outwards below the costa, the elbow filled with

rich chestnut-brown, which runs in a thin band close along

the inner side of the white line; the outer portion of the wing

pale grey at the upper and dark olive-coloured in its lower

parts; hind wings bright ochreous at the base and tinged

with orange on the outer portions, with a curved discal row

of orange spots, ending in two dark orange-red lines on the

costa.

Expanse of wings 1,‘ inch.

Cherra Punji. Five examples.

With the hinder margin of fore wings excavated near the

angle.

Subfamily Macaruw.

Genus MacariA, Curtis.

9. Macaria octolinearia, sp. n.

&. Grey, thickly irrorated with brownish-grey atoms ;

transverse lines antemedial, medial, discal, and marginal,

greyish brown, all outwardly edged with whitish ; the first

obsolete on hind wings, the first and second nearly straight,

the second crossed by a transverse brown short streak on

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 139

costa of fore wings, which crosses end of cell ; the discal line

sinuous and outwardly curved, running through a square

black spot or patch above middle of fore wings, and above it

a smaller black spot through which the line also runs; a

submarginal pale shade or band from costa near apex to the

hinder angle. On the underside the wings are of a whitish

ground-colour, densely striated in parts with blackish brown,

with central and discal blackish shades or bands, and with

submarginal pale spots on the fore wings; a discal black

line runs through the discal shades and the entire surface of

both wings has a pretty marbled look.

Expanse of wings 1,% inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

The black discal patch on fore wings gives the insect

somewhat the appearance of JV. oliva, Swinh., but the hind

wings have the centre produced into a tail, as in J. emer-

saria, Walker, and the lines are very distinctively disposed.

Genus KRANANDA, Moore.

10. Krananda oliveomarginata, sp. n.

g. Fore wings more falcate than in K. semihyalina, Moore;

outer margin not toothed, only slightly scalloped between

the veins ; palpi and frons tinged with orange; a few orange

hairs on the collar; thorax and abdomen olive-grey. Wings

grey, semihyaline, but better clothed than in the type species,

striated with olive-grey, forming two or three small patches

on the costa and the base and the hinder margin beyond the

middle; a broad marginal olive-grey band covering the outer

third of fore wings and nearly half of hind wings, with the

inner margin sinuous and accompanied by a pale line formed

by a grey inner line; apex of fore wings pale, with a sub-

apical pale sinuous short streak downwards from costa. Hind

wings with a submarginal pale sinuous streak from the anal

angle, ending in the interspace before vein 7; a small black

dot at the end of each cell in both wings.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Subfamily Bosrurrw2z.

Genus Boarmtia, Treit.

11. Boarmia glaucodisca, sp. n.

g 2. Antenne of male brown, pectinated as in B. admis-

saria, Guen.; in the female they are simple, brown, with pale

joints; head and thorax brown; abdomen grey, tinged with

pale pink. Fore wings glaucous grey, irrorated with brown

atoms, which are fewest in the disk ; a black lunular promi-

140 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

nent spot at the end of the cell; indications of an interior

brown transverse line; a median brown line with black

marks on the veins, duplex in the female; a similar inner

line running up and curving inwards on to the costa round

the cell-spot ; a submarginal pale sinuous line, marked with

black along its inner border, marginal black lunules in the

interspaces: hind wings grey, tinged with pale pink, the

tinge being deepest in the outer portions, where there are

some brown striations; the basal portions are pale, and in

some examples nearly white, and limited by a brown median

sinuous band with black markings on the veins; a short

similar subbasal band, also an indistinct submarginal band ;

in one example these bands are prominent, in others they

are more or less obsolete ; a black dot at end of cell and a

black lunular marginal band. On the underside the wings

are nearly pure white, with a broad black marginal band on

fore wings and at apex of hind wings, with the black cell-

spots large and prominent and the transverse lines more or

less visible.

Expanse of wings 1 ;4;—1,55 inch.

Cherra Punji. Four males, one female.

Tribe PYRALES.

Family Pyralide.

Subfamily Prrazivz.

Genus OMPHALOMIA, nov.

g. Fore wing twice as long as broad; costa bulged at

base, with a strong fold beneath, reaching nearly one third of

the length, concave in the middle, and convex again towards

apex; apex blunt, outer margin slightly curved: hind

wings with the angles rounded. Fore wings beneath with a

tuft of hair-like scales along the subcostal, in the cell, and

along the submedian fold. Antenne simple; forehead hairy

below ; palpi flattened laterally, drooping, hairy.

Type: Omphalomia accersita.

Superficially very much like Omphalocera, but distinguished

at once by the simple antennee of the male and the tufts of

hair-like scales on the under surface of the fore wings.

1. Omphalomia accersita, sp. n.

3+ Palpi brown, ochreous on the inner sides ; head, body,

and wings dark brown. Fore wings with the veins darker

and some darker suffusions in parts; a small ochreous-grey

subcostal streak near the base, a similarly coloured streak or

line commencing at the costa close above the outer end of the

short subbasal streak, and terminating at the lower end of the

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasva Hills. 141

cell; a large, similarly coloured, rounded patch at the apex,

with some brownish marks in it, ochreous-grey marginal

points on the veins; cilia ochreous grey, thickly patched

with brown: hind wings brown, paler than fore wings,

uniformly coloured, unmarked except for some slight indica-

tions of a discal band ; cilia concolorous with the wing, with

a pale line at the base. Underside uniform brown; an

ochreous subapical patch on costa and a band across the

disk of both wings composed of ochreous marks on the veins ;

cilia brown, with a pale basal line; body and legs brown.

Expanse of wings 1,°,; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

A female taken by me some years ago on the Khandalla

Mountains, near Bombay, is in the B. M. collection.

Genus MICROMANIA, nov.

3. Fore wings twice as long as broad; costa straight,

apex rounded, outer margin bowed. Hind wings with

rounded outer margin. Palpi porrect, rostriform; maxillary

palpi porrect above labial; antenne of male shortly ciliated ;

legs long, hind tibiz with four spurs.

Type: Micromania stigmatalis.

2. Micromania stigmatalis, sp. n.

3 @. Palpi black; antenne, head, body, and wings dark

brown. Fore wings with a large black reniform stigma at

the end of the cell, with subbasal, interior, and exterior brown

lines, the first and second uniformly curved outwards, the

outer line much waved; it curves inwards and upwards at

vein 3 and round the stigma, then zigzags down to the hinder

margin, and is edged with pale ochreous grey outwardly ; the

two last lines are continued across the hind wings until they

meet above the anal angle; beyond the outer line there is a

dark band on both wings, a submarginal and a marginal row

of ochreous-grey lunules, black marginal line, and interlined

cilia, grey and brown. Underside: body, legs, and wings

grey ; wings with markings as above, with the addition of a

black spot at the end of cell of hind wings.

Expanse of wings 1-1;%y inch.

a

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples of both sexes.

Subfamily Preavsrivz.

Genus SPILODES, Guen.

3. Spilodes pallidulalis, sp. n.

g- Of auniform pale ochreous grey above; legs and body

beneath white; palpi, frons, and pectus darker and more

142 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

ochreous. Jind wings concolorous with fore wings; lines on

fore wings hardly visible ; an interior sinuous line from the

hinder margin at one third to the costa at one fifth ; an outer

dentated outwardly curved line from the hinder margin at

the middle to the costa at one fifth from apex. Hind wing

with very faint indications of a sinuous, outwardly curved,

discal line. Underside: fore wings with the space from and

including the cell upwards suffused with dark grey; a grey

apical band ; a discal grey line or thin band, not corresponding

with the line above, but more inwards, and partly running

across hind wing, and brown marginal lunules on both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Three examples.

Genus PILOPTILA, nov.

3. Allied to the dark fuscous group of Opsibotys, Warren,

but characterized by a thick fold of hairs, reaching for one

fitth from the base of the costa of fore wings and lying along

the underside, but generally visible frora above ; palpi shortly

rostriform ; tongue rather strongly developed ; antennz pubes-

cent.

Type: Piloptila nigricornalis.

4, Piloptila nigricornalis, sp. n.

$. Palpi dark red-brown, white beneath; antenne, head,

body, and wings of a uniform pale fuscous. Wings with a

black comma-shaped mark at the end of each cell: fore

wings with a black dot in tke cell and the interior line below

it; both wings with the exterior line blackish, much bent

outwards in the middle, the incurve on fore wings well apart

from the cell-spot, the line ending in a thick blackish mark

on hinder margin at two thirds; cilia of both wings pale

greyish. Underside pale grey, markings as above, but very

distinet ; cilia with a black interline of disconnected marks ;

body and legs white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

Genus OpsrBorys, Warren.

5. Opsibotys benenotata, sp. n.

. Palpi dark brown, white beneath; antenne, head, body,

and wingsolive-brown. Wings glossy, with the spots and lines

black and distinct: fore wings with a lunular mark at the

end of the cell and a small spot within the cell, just in front

of the interior line, which is slightly waved and extends from

costal fifth to the hinder margin more than one third from

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 143

base ; the outer line commences with a black spot on costa

one fifth from apex, bends outward a little, and is dentated to

vein 2, where it runs straight in and down in a short thick

line to the hinder margin at two thirds, and is continued on

the hind wing nearer the middle of the wing, and is curved

outwards in its centre ; on this wing there is also a lunule at

the end of the cell ; marginal line luteous, nearly white, com-

posed of lunules on fore wings, joined together and in one

example entire on hind wings ; cilia luteous white, intersected

by a brown macular band. Underside paler, markings as

above ; body and legs whitish, the latter with some brown

bands.

Expanse of wings 3%; inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Three examples.

The fore wings are unusually square, the hinder margin

being very nearly as long as the costa.

Genus EBuLea, Guen.

6. Ebulea intensalis, sp. n.

g. Chocolate- brown, very variable in colour, some examples

nearly pure brown, and every intermediate between that

colour and bright chocolate. Wings with the lines and spots

brown, the former fairly distinct : fore wings with a spot at the

end of cell, sometimes indistinct ; interior line curving out-

wards from costa one sixth from base to hinder margin at one

third ; exterior line composed of lunules from costa one third

from apex, curving outwards almost from the costa itself,

with an evenly round curve to vein 2, where it bends inwards,

and then straight down to the hinder margin at two thirds:

hind wing with a discal line, with an outward curve in the

middle, generally lighter than the fore wings, but not always ;

marginal line brown, with pale lunules; cilia brown, with

pale tips, in some specimens half brown and half pale.

Underside: body, legs, and wings pale chocolate-grey ; wings

with the outer line distinct, and composed of black spots on

the veins ; fore legs with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Numerous examples.

Genus Crrcoportys, Butler.

7. Circobotys acutangulalis, sp. n.

&@. Palpi ochreous, with grey tip; antenne, head, body, and

wings pale ochreous. J*ore wings very acute, with the costal

space for two thirds from the base sufiused with dark grey ; a

band of the same colour on the outer margin, extending for

one third from the apex immediately below the costa, which is

144 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

ochreous, straight down to the hinder angle of fore wings,

including a darker band of grey from the apex running

below the costal yellow line, and then straight down the outer

side of the broad band, and this dark band is continued on

the outer margin of hind wings, narrowing gradually and

terminating before reaching the anal angle; transverse lines

dark bright ochreous and nearly straight—one subbasal on

fore wings, indistinct, continued on hind wings, inclining

towards anal angle ; the second at one third, also continued

on hind wings and inclining towards anal angle; third medial;

fourth a mere streak from costa a little on the inside of the

marginal band. The hind wings are whitish on the costal

and abdominal marginal spaces, and the two transverse lines

are limited to the yellow portion of the wing; cilia grey,

interlined with black, and the outer margin of the wings has

some black points, which are more distinct on hind wings.

Underside: body, legs, and wings white, the marginal band

of the wings faintly visible.

Expanse of wings 3%; inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Genus CrocrpopHora, Led.

8. Crocidophora distinctalis, sp. n.

g. Palpi ochreous above, white beneath; antenne, head,

body, and wings above of a uniform warm dark ochreous,

somewhat of the tint of Sylepta caldusalis, Walker, but

clearer and darker. Fore wings with the costa brownish, a

grey spot at end of cell; a sinuous, indistinct, thick grey

discal line or shade from the centre of thé hinder margin to

the costa one fifth from apex and close to the upper end of a

broad, submarginal, straight, and fairly uniform grey band,

which is also continued across the hind wing; the costa of

this wing is whitish, and there are indications of the con-

tinuance of the discal line of fore wings crossing its centre ;

cilia concolorous with the wings. Underside much paler,

with the submarginal band distinct and the raised scales near

base of fore wings blackish ; body and legs whitish, fore legs

with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1,55 inch.

Cherra Punji. Three eee

I have had an imperfect specimen of this species from

Sikkim unnamed in my collection for some years.

9. Crocidophora discolorata, sp. n.

&. Palpi dark ochreous, white beneath; antennz, head,

body, and wings dull ochreous, the tint of ground-colour of

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 145

the wings being greyer than in C. limbolalis, Moore. Fore

wings with the costal and basal portion suffused with dark

greyish ochreous, and a broad marginal band of the same

colour on both wings, widest on the costa, narrowinz hind-

wards very gradually on both wings, leaving a pale discal

band-like space, limited internally on both wings by the outer

lines, which are nearly straight downwards ; interior line on

fore wings indistinct, from costal third to middle of hinder

margin, on hind wings obsolete; cilia pale dull ochreous; a

grey spot at end of cell of fore wings. Underside pale

ochreous grey, markings as above; body and legs white, fore

legs with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

A smaller insect than C. (imbolalis, Moore; the marginal

band narrower and paler, being merely a darker shade of the

ground-colour of the wings, and not purple as in limbolalis ;

the transverse lines similarly disposed.

Genus LeucocraspeDA, Warren.

10. Leucocraspeda nissoralis, sp. n.

¢. Palpi chestnut-red, white beneath ; thorax and basal

portion of abdomen white; head, fore part of thorax, and

remainder of abdomen tinged with pale reddish grey; the

lower basal half of fore wings and costal portions (broadly)

of hind wings white, the rest of the wings with the ground-

colour suffused with very pale luteous grey, and over this

colour there is a darker suffusion of clear chestnut-red on the

fore wings, on the basal half of costa, and the outer portions

of the wing, with the exception of a large patch on the costa

at the apex, which is left luteous grey ; these two red spaces

are joined together by a dark brown bar from the middle of

the costa, which runs to a little below the middle of the outer

margin: the hind wing has also the outer margin broadly

suffused with chestnut-red. A brown lunule at end of cell of

fore wings, a brown point at end of cell of hind wings ; fore

wings with an interior, outwardly curved, thin, and sinuous

brown line, and a similar exterior line across both wings,

dentated in the central outward curves on both wings; mar-

ginal line brown, lunular ; cilia grey, interlined with brown.

Underside: body, legs, and wings white, the bar on fore

wing and outer lines visible.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

Wings shaped as in L. dlectalis, Walker; transverse lines

similarly disposed.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 10

146 Col. GC. Swinhoe on new

Genus PALicA, Moore.

11. Paliga fuscicostalis, sp. n.

3+ Palpi reddish ochreous, white beneath; antenne, head,

body, and wings ochreous grey, but darker and more ochreous

than in either P. damastesalis, Walk., or P. suavalis, Walk.

Hind wings with the costal portion whitish: fore wings

with the costal border brownish and with a similarly coloured

broad marginal band, with an irregular inner limitation, and

which does not reach the apex; inner and outer transverse

lines indistinct, the former hardly visible, the latter sinuated,

bent outwardly above, then much bent inwards to the in-

distinct Iunule at the end of the cell, then sinuous to the

hinder margin beyond the middle ; hind wings with a similar

recurved discal line, very indistinct. Underside: wings,

body, and legs whitish, with the brownish border of the upper-

side and the discai line visible.

Expanse of wings 35 inch.

Shillong. Two examples.

Genus ProtTonoceras, Warren.

12. Protonoceras humilis, sp. n.

6- Palpi brown, white beneath; head, body, and wings

grey-brown; abdomen with pale segmental lines. Wings not

uniform in colour, being irorated with brown and_ black

atoms, which are thick in parts; lines black: fore wings

with interior line curved outwardly, imvisible in most

examples ; exterior line from costa at one fifth from apex,

curves a little outwardly from the costa, then incurved

slightly, then outwardly in the middle (but only slightly),

where it is formed of small lunules, again bent inwards and

then to the hinder margin at two thirds: hind wings with a

recurved discal line, with black suffusion in the middle in

some specimens ; both wings with a marginal lunular black

line, grey cilia, interlined with brown and with brown tips.

Underside whitish: fore wings with a brown spot in the cell,

two at the end; hind wings with a spot at the end of the cell

and the outer and marginal lines of both wings brown ; fore

legs brown.

Expanse of wings 7% inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

13. Protonoceras nictitans, sp. 0.

3d. Palpi brown, white beneath and at the tips, top of head

pure white ; body and wings purplish grey, somewhat as in

LP. tropicalis, Walker, but paler and glossed. Wings with the

spots and lines brown: fore wings with a spot within the cell

and another at the end, rather close together, and with a square

white space between them ; no interior line visible; exterior

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 147

line formed of curved lunules, the central part of the line

curving a little outwards, then bent inwards, then another

small outward curve before it reaches the hinder margin at

two thirds: hind wing with a similar discal line, but more

deeply curving outwards in its middle; marginal line of both

wings pale, with brown lunules; cilia concolorous with the

wings; the apex of fore wings is pale, and there is a pale

shade outside the upper portion of the exterior line. Under-

side: body, legs, and wings white, outer portion of wings

and cilia grey ; cell-spots and outer line distinct; a cell-spot

on hind wings.

Expanse of wings 3%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several specimens.

Wings shorter than in either P. tropicalis, Walker, or

P. sericea, Butler.

Genus PRIONOPALTIS, Warren, MS.

14. Prionopaltis subdentalis, sp. n.

6. Palpi purple-brown ; antenne, head, body, and wings

of auniform greyish-olive colour. Wings with a brown mark

at the end of each cell: fore wings with a small brown spot

within the cell; interior line outwardly curved, but only

indications of it; exterior line commences with two white

lunular marks at the costa one fifth from apex, bulges out a

little, forming an indistinct and rather flattened grey line,

with pale dentations, then inwards on vein 2 and then to the

hinder margin at two thirds, and is continued in the usual

form across the hind wings, with an outward curve in the

centre, and edged outwardly with whitish throughout ; mar-

ginal points black; cilia concolorous with the wings, with

white spots at its base. Underside: body, legs, and wings

whitish, with the markings on the wings visible.

Expanse of wings 7%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

Genus ACHARANA, Moore.

15. Acharana subalbescens, sp. n.

3 @. Palpi dark red-brown, white beneath; antenne,

head, body, and wings pale olive-brown. Wings with the

spots and markings brown, a lunule at the end of each cell:

fore wings with a dot within the cell rather close to the end;

an interior line, slightly sinuous and outwardly curved; an

exterior more or less Junular line from the costa almost straight

down to vein 4, then it bulges out a little with three denta-

tions to vein 2, where it abruptly runs in, and then straight

to the hinder margin at two thirds, is continued across the

hind wings with an outward curve in the middle; anteciliary

line pale, cilia concolorous with the wing. Underside pale

148 New Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills.

grey, with the cell-spots and outer lines distinet ; body and

legs white ; fore legs with two brown bands.

Eixpanse of wings 175 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

A much larger insect than A. otreusalis, Walker; the

colour darker, clearer, and smoother, the lines somewhat

similarly disposed.

Genus MarGcaronia, Hiibn.

16. Margaronia warrenalis, sp. n.

6. Antenne white; palpi dark brown-pink, white beneath ;

head, body, and wings silvery white; collar with a brown-

pink band in front. Wings lightly clothed, nearly semi-

hyaline: fore wings with a pale brown-pink costal band; a

brown subeostal dot near base; a yellowish spot ringed with

brown touching the costal band a little beyond ; a pale lunule

ringed with brown at the end of the cell; a pale brown-

ringed spot near hinder margin just before the middle; a

fait grey discal thick line, curving outwards and then

inwards: hind wing with the discal line continued to the

anal angle, and at the end of the cell a grey lunule with a

brown dot at its lower end; marginal black points on both

wings. Underside: wings, body, and legs pure white; wings

with the markings showing through.

Expanse of wings 1,45 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Between WM. celsalis, Walker, and MW. nigropunctalis,

Brem.,=submarginalis, Walker.

Genus GLYPHODES, Guen.

17. Glyphodes ernalis, sp. n.

6. Palpi blackish brown, yellowish grey beneath ; head,

body, and fore wings purplish brown. Fore wings with two

large white spots—the first just before the middle, broad on

the hinder margin, suddenly narrowing into a point within the

cell; the other of a similar size, discal, diamond-shaped: hind

wings with a little more than the basal half white and semi-

hyaline, the outer half the same colour as the fore wing,

this band broadest on the costa and gradually narrows down-

wards ; cilia white, brown in the central portion of the fore

wings. Body below and legs white ; tibie brown above.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many specimens.

Between G. actorionalis, Walker,=Zellert, Led., and

G. bicolor, Swainson; has more pointed and longer wings

than either, the spots are differently shaped, and the white

line outside the discal spot, which terminates in a small white

spot on the costa in both those species, is absent.

Oe Oe ae ae

On Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. 149

Genus AUTOCHARIS, Warren, MS.

18. Autocharis amethystina, sp. n.

3. Palpi pinkish brown; antenne, body, and wings

luteous white ; thorax with a pinkish-brown stripe on each

side. Fore wings with the costal border pinkish brown; a

broad pinkish-brown marginal band: hind wings with a

narrow similar band; the inner edge of both bands dark

brown, sinuous, with a dentation into the band on the fore

wings in its centre; cilia of both wings pinkish white.

Underside: legs, body, and wings white ; the wings are semi-

hyaline, and the marginal band shows through the wing.

Expanse of wings 75-75 inch.

Cherra Punji; one example. North Kanara; two ex-

amples.

Allied to A. fessalis, Swinhoe, which Warren makes the

type of the genus.

poant eng estigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. B y H. M.

BernarD, M.A. Cantab. (Huxley Laboratory, Royal

College of Science, South Kensington).

Iy a preliminary note published in this Journal *, and later

in a fuller paper published by the Linnean Society t, I called

attention to a row of scar-like markings in certain Chernetide

which segmentally repeat the functional stigmata. These

markings are, so far as one can see with the best microscopic

appliances, nothing but scars. Hansen f, who has also seen

them, believes them to be lyriform organs. At first, after

reading Hansen’s paper, it seemed to me that they might well

be very large lyritorm organs (as to the functions and mor-

phology of which we really know nothing §) and at the same

time the remains of vanished tracheal invaginations. J have

since compared the scars with lyriform organs in the Cher-

netide, Araneide, Sclpugide, Thelyphonide, and Phrynide,

and am convinced that they are not lyriform organs at all,

but simply the scars of apertures which have now closed. I

have mapped out the abdominal surface of my original speci-

men (figured in the second paper above referred to), measuring,

by means of an eyepiece micrometer, the relative positions

ot the scars and the bristles, which, as is well known, tend in

this group to be repeated segmentally. Iam quite satisfied

* “ Additional Notes on the Origin of the Trachez from Setiparous

Glands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1893, xi. p. 24.

+ “ Notes on the Chernetidie, with Special Reference to the Vestigial

Stigmata and to anew Form of Trachea,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiv.

. 410.

f } ‘Organs and Characters in different Orders of Arachnids,’ Copenhagen,

1893.

§ These organs are so minute and so scattered that it seems to me that

no trustworthy experiments are possible (cf. Gauberi’s “ Recherches

sur les Arachnides,’ Ann. Sci. Nat. xiii. 1892).

150 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

that these particular scars are the segmental repetitions of

the stigmatic apertures, whether they are now anything more

than scars or not. Hansen, however, points out that similar

scars may be found on the anterior abdominal segments

nearer the middle line concurrently with those that repeat

the stigmata. This interesting fact, which I have since

fully confirmed for two segments (II and III) in my original

specimen, in no way affects the above conclusions. There

must at one time therefore have been apertures here also

which have now closed. It is hardly likely that they were

tracheal invaginations, although there is no impossibility in

there being two pairs to one segment—that is, if tracheal

invaginations can be deduced from primitive setiparous glands.

it is more probable that they were the openings of spinning-

or cement-glands. Such glands exist in these very segments

in many Chernetide; and in the Araneidz, in addition to

the large spinning-mammille, smaller ones may occur in

the same segments nearer the median line. We are, how-

ever, here chiefly concerned with the fact that a row of scars

segmentally repeats the functional stigmata along the whole

length of the abdomen.

The bearing of this on the origin of the Arachnida I have

already discussed in ‘ Nature’*. It points to the deduction

of the Arachnida from an ancestral form with a pair of limbs

and a pair of stigmata on every segment.

Further evidence of this has been slowly accumulating.

Reserving for the present that which is specially connected

with the Galeodide, one important item deserves to be sepa-

rately discussed. If any collection of Thelyphonide be looked

through carefully + it is impossible to avoid the conclusion

that these Arachnids once possessed limbs with stigmata

along at least seven abdominal segments. The specimens

require to be dried and then held so that the abdomen reflects

the light from the window. Very few indeed showed no

traces at all. The large majority show on segments V, VI,

VII, VIII, just laterally to the muscle-impressions, definite

scar-like markings, or even sharply circumscribed areas, such

as I have shown in figs. 1 and 2.

The posterior margin of this area is, as a rule, seen most

distinctly. In some, however, the strongest mark is the inner

posterior corner of the area; im others, again, the inner

longitudinal side, which, however, then generally slopes

outward posteriorly (e.g. many individuals of Thelyphonus

* “The Stigmata of the Arachnida asa Clue to their Ancestry,” ‘ Nature,’

Noy. 16, 1893.

+ My best thanks are due to my friend Mr. R. I. Pocock for permitting

me to examine many scores of specimens (both alcohol and dry) under his

charge in the South Kensington Museum. I was enabled to examine

specimens of tive genera— Thelyphonus, Thelyphonellus, Uroproctus, Masti-

goproctus, and Typopeltis.

Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. 151

sepiaris). There is great difference in the degree of distinct-

ness even among specimens of one and the same species.

The two figured were chosen at random; others even more

distinct could doubtless be found.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 1—Abdomen of Thelyphonus manillanus, C. Koch, showing the

stigmatic scars; the functional lune-books are marked by

dotted lines.

Fig. 2.—Typopeltes Stimpsonit, Wood, showing the stigmatic scars along

the posterior edges of definite areas.

Fig. 3.—Prionurus australis, Linn., showing the stigmata along the

posterior edges of sharply defined areas.

While the anterior and outer (lateral) edges of the areas

seem marked off more by change in the character of the

surface of the chitin, the inner and posterior edges, especially

the latter, are scar-like — often very pronounced scars

indeed. It will be seen from fig. 1 that these areas repeat

segmentally the positions (and the scars the apertures) of the

lung-books in the second and third segments. Any doubt as

to this seems to me to be set at rest by a comparison with

Scorpio, in which we have almost exactly similar areas with

stigmatic apertures along their posterior margins. Fig. 3 was

drawn from the scorpion which happened accidentally to be

nearest me on the table. Any scorpion will show similar

areas more or less distinctly.

No one, I believe, doubts the homologies of the lung-books

of Scorpio and Thelyphonus. The areas with these scars on

segments V and VI of Z’helyphonus must correspond with the

areas with their stigmata on segments V and VI of Scorpio.

If this reasoning is correct, Thelyphonus originally possessed

at least seven pairs of lung-books, five pairs of which have

now vanished.

Counting the genital opercula, we have therefore in Thely-

phonus vestiges of eight pairs of abdominal limbs on the

first eight segments.

152 On Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida.

This comparison of Scorpio with Thelyphonus makes it also

evident that the tails in both these animals are not primitive

structures. The tail is a later specialization, in Scorpio of

five segments, in Thelyphonus of three. This follows from

the fact that segments which in Scorpio form the tail, in

LThelyphonus are typical abdominal segments, unspecialized in

any way.

Further, if it is possible to homologize the anal glands of

Thelyphonus, which open on each side of the soft cireumanal

membrane and which are said to secrete formic acid, with the

poison-glands of Scorpio, and both these with the original

invaginations of the scar found on each side of the anal

papille in the Chernetide, it follows that all these tail-

segments once possessed limbs with tracheal invaginations or

their homologues. We now know, indeed, from Phelyphonus

that the first tail- -segment of Scorpio (the eichth) did actually

at one time possess a pair of limbs (cf. figs. 2 and 3).

As I have shown in my paper on the Galeodide (still in

manuscript), there is some evidence to justify us in believing

that the areas under discussion in Scorp7éo and Thelyphonus

represent limbs which have vanished. The primitive position

of the stigmatic aperture was probably just behind the coxa,

perhaps even on its posterior face. ‘This is the position of the

thoracic stigmata of Galeodes with reference to the fourth pair

of limbs. If such a limb with a stigmatic aperture behind it

were to become rudimentary, it might either fold backwards

over the stigma, forming a ‘kind of stigmatic operculum, or it

might simply flatten down, leaving ‘the stigma free on the

sternal surface. Examples of both these processes may be

found in the Arachnida, not only within the same group, but

even in the same animal. For instance, in Thelyphonus the

functional stigmata open under opercula in the squeezed-up

anterior segments, whereas in the long segments their scars

are found along the posterior edges of the areas, which I take

to represent rudimentary limbs flattened down on the sternal

surface. In Scorpio the rudimentary limbs have been simply

flattened down, leaving the stigmata upon them. In the

Galeodide in some genera the stigmata are under opercular

folds, in others the folds have flattened down, leaving the

stigmata exposed on the abdominal surface.

In reference to the origin of these areas in the Arachnida

from rudimentary limbs which have disappeared by simply

becoming flattened down, it is interesting to note that the

stigmatic apertures in Scorpio very g cenerally slope backwards.

In some the slope is very pronounced and is often parallel

with that of the pectines. It looks as if all these abdominal

limbs in Scorpio had once sloped backwards, as the posterior

functional limbs and the pectines still do. In some genera,

a a Ne eee. Oe eee

Geological Society. 153

again, the pectines slope much more than the stigmata, the

genital aperture having been secondarily (and since the disap-

pearance of the abdominal limbs) further pushed forward,

almost totally obliterating a sternal area usually found in

front of the genital opercula in those genera in which the

pectines have only a moderate slope.

I refer again to my paper in ‘ Nature,’ above cited, for some

of the bearings of these vestigial stigmata on the primitive

morphology of the Arachnida.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 7, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘ The Systematic Position of the Trilobites.’ By H. M. Bernard,

Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

The Author, in his work on ‘The Apodide,’ endeavoured to

show that dpus was the ancestral form of all existing crustacea

except the Ostracoda, and as such might be expected to throw light

upon the trilobites. Since the publication of this work he has

been studying the organization of the trilobites themselves, and the

results are given in the present communication. He discusses the

great variability in the number of segments shown by the tri-

lobites; the formation of the head by the gradual incorporation of

trunk-segments ; the bending round ventrally of the first segment ;

the ‘ wandering’ of the eyes; the existence and modification of the

‘dorsal organ’; and especially the character of the limbs.

As a result of this discussion, he states that the zoological position

of the trilobites can now be fixed with considerable probability.

The features described serve to connect the trilobites with Apus.

Apus must be assumed to lie low in the direct line up from the

original annelidan ancestor towards the modern crustacea, and the

trilobites must have branched off laterally from this line, either

once or more than once, in times anterior to the primitive Apus,

as forms specialized for creeping under the protection of a hard

imbricated carapace, obtained by the repetition on every segment of

the pleurz of the head-segments, which together form the head-

shield.

The trilobites may be briefly described as fixed specialized stages

in the evolution of the crustacea from an annelidan ancestor with

its mouth bent round ventrally, so as to use its parapodia as jaws.

2. ‘On the Discovery of Molluscs in the Upper Keuper at

Shrewley, in Warwickshire.’ By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, M.A., F.GS.

Mr. R. B. Newton read a paper at the meeting of the British

Association at Nottingham in 1893, on some lamellibranchs found

at Shrewley by the Author of the present paper and Mr. Richards.

In this paper details of the section where the shells were found are

given, and their interest and importance pointed out, no shells

having been previously detected anywhere in the New Red Sand-

stone in this country.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 11

154 Miscellaneous.

April 25, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On a new Goniatite from the Lower Coal Measures.’ By

Herbert Bolton, Esq., F.R.S.E.

Sowerby in his ‘ Mineral Conchology’ figures two fossils under

the name of Goniatites Listeri, of which the left-hand figure is

clearly G. Listert, whilst the right-hand one differs considerably

from it. The Author gives diagnoses of Goniatites Listeri and of a

new species, which agrees with the form represented in Sowerby’s

right-hand figure. This species is limited to the shales forming

the roof of the ‘ Bullion’ or Upper Foot seam of the Lower Coal

Measures, whilst G. Listeri ranges from the Lower Limestone

Shales to the ‘ Bullion’ seam.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Ornithological Writings of Victor Lopez Seoane.

To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

GENTLEMEN, —The following three pamphlets by this author have

fallen into my hands :—(1) “ Sur deux nouvelles formes de Perdrix

d’Espagne,” Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vil. 1894, p. 92 &c.; (2) ‘ Aves

nuevas de Galicia’ [8vo], La Coruna, 1870, 10 pp.; (3) * Revision

del Catalogo de las Aves de Andalucia’ [8vo]}, La Coruna, 1870,

18 pp. The last two bear the imprint—La Coruna (Imprenta y

estereotipia de Vicento Abad (7—Plaza de Maria Pita— 7) 1870.

With the first of these I have no quarrel, but the dates of the

last two are open to grave suspicion. Indeed, when they reached

me the ink in which they were printed was apparently fresh and

easily smeared. The most awkward point, however, is the fact that

M. Seoane refers in one of them to the ‘ Catalogue of the Birds in the

British Museum’ as ‘“‘con preciosas [sic] descripciones, completa

sinonimia, y algunas admirables laminas.” The first volume of this

work did not appear until 1574, or four years after the supposed

date of M. Seoane’s pamphlet.

The point at issue seems to be this: Mr. Howard Saunders

published in 1872 (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 153) a new species of Green

Woodpecker from Spain (Gecinus Sharp), and on seeing this

description, presumably for the first time, M. Seoane has published

at least one pre-dated pamphlet, in which he calls the bird G. viridis

galliciensis, in order to gain priority. Curiously enough, the fact

that M. Seoane has decided to describe these as new is noted in the

French pamphlet (1) of 1894, and therein he refers to a Spanish

pamphlet of 1891—‘ Examen critico de las Perdices de Europa y

particularmente de las des Espana’: Coruna, 1891. Is this the

first intended title for ‘Aves nuevas,’ or shall we receive the

‘ Examen critico ’ when the ink is dry ?

A similar example of this pre-dating is seen in the case of

Reichenow’s Perdix hispaniensis, a species which Seoane includes in

his 1870 pamphlet ‘ Aves nuevas’ under the name of Perdia cinerea

charrela ; and a still earlier example was pointed out by Boulenger

(Zool. Record, 1885, Rept. p. 2), in which it is shown that Seoane

Miscellaneous. 155

endeavoured to anticipate Bedriaga over the nomenclature of a

reptile by a falsely dated pamphlet.

I have unfortunately had to call attention in the ‘ Annals’ to

more than one case of dishonest methods to obtain priority ; but

this seems to me to be the most glaring example yet brought to light.

C. Davies SHERBORN

(Index gen. et spec. anim.).

On Bees and Honeysuckles. By Tuomas Muenan.

I was interested to-day (June 18th) in noting that while a few

honey-bees persistently collected nectar from the mouths of honey-

suckles, by far the larger number collected from the fallen flowers

only.

The plant was Lonicera japonica, in the two forms known in

gardens as L. brachypoda and L. flecuosa, both intertwining and

flowering together. I have in the past satisfied myself that a bee

which starts from the hive for pollen pays no attenti n to gathering

nectar, while the one looking for nectar collects that only. Whether

this is the course of labour for that trip from the hive only, or

whether these particular tasks occupy the whole day or more, may

be an interesting question. I had never noted bees collecting

nectar from fallen flowers, indeed had not noted that fallen flowers

had nectar; so that the attention of the bees to them gave the

subject a double interest.

The flowers are white when freshly opened, the next day

yellowish, the following they wither slightly and fall. Large

numbers are collected by the leaves, on which they mostly lie till

they turn brown and shrivel completely. Those which were badly

shrivelled seemed preferable to the bees.

On cutting across the tube of a white corolla near the base, and

then gently stripping the flower downwardly, a large globule of

nectar protrudes. ‘lhe same process executed on the older or yellow

flower gives about the same quantity, as also does the faded flower

of the third day. In the dried flower, taken before much shrivelling

had occurred, nearly as much nectar was fouud. The completely

shrivelled and twisted flower could not be “stripped” of its secre-

tion in this way, but it was certainly present and as abundant. The

bees carefully sought what would have been the mouth of the corolla,

and then extracted the sweets from that point. It soon became

evident that the shrivelling and contracting of the tube of the corolla

acted in the same manner as the thumb-nail and finger in

“stripping,” lessening the diameter of the tube, and forcing the

nectar towards the mouth and within the reach of the visiting insect.

As noted, the bees collecting nectar from these dead flowers never

visited the fresh opening ones, while the few visiting the fresh

flowers never visited the dead or dying ones ; a very careful watch

of half an hour satisfied me on this point. It was noted that the

latter took considerable time and much laboured effort with each

flower. There was an average of fifteen seconds to each flower, a

very long time for the average honey-making bee. Those working on

156 Miscellaneous.

the drying flowers made no more than the ordinary effort of bees

with fresh flowers. It was difficult to understand why in the same

yariety of insect each should have its own line of procedure. If

it should be suggested that bees could profit by experience, and

that those which confined themselves to the freshly opened flowers

were young bees that had yet much to learn, there still remains the

fact that they did not profit by the experience of the older bees.

Sometimes almost side by side it might be supposed that any creature

that could profit by experience would want to know what the one

picking at a dried flower had found.

The relation between insects and flowers obtrudes itself here,

Many plants, as I have placed on record, shed their pollen and cover

the stigma before the opening of the corolla. Whether the stigma is

in receptive condition or not, the pollen remains there till it is, and

we may regard all such as ‘arranged for self-fertilization,” if,

indeed, there is any such special arrangement in the vegetable world

wholly with this view, or with the special view of cross-fertilization.

But in this honeysuckle the anther-saes burst immediately on expan-

sion, and the anthers are in such close position to the stigma that it

can scarcely do aught but receive its own-pollen. All the flowers

examined seemed to have the stigmas completely covered with

pollen, and, I feel pretty sure, with own-pollen. My plants are,

however, infertile, rarely a few berries mature. I should refer this

to propagation from an infertile plant, as we frequently find to occur

in all classes of ligneous plants, which fruit neither with own-pollen

nor foreign pollen, rather than to any want of ability in own-pollen

to produce fertilization as an abstract principle, as would be assumed

by some.

There still remains to be discussed why all this large amount of

nectar should be secreted by the flower with no apparent benefit to

itself in any conceivable way. But it is not safe to say that, because

we cannot see that any benefit results in relation to the visits of

insects, it is of no value in some as yet undiscovered operation in the

economy of nature. For aught we know it may be an excretion

rather than a secretion, which it may be as much an advantage to

get rid of when of no further use to the plant, as it is an advantage

to get rid of the corolla itself.

A very curious circumstance in connexion with these observations

was the discovery that each of these two forms of the Lonicera

japonica have different times of the day for the opening of its

blossoms. The expansion, as in so many points of growth, is

rhythmic, and not a continuous effort. In the form known as Loni-

cera flexuosa the lobes of the corolla parted, so as to admit of the

protrusion of the stamens, at 2 p.m. Further efforts at expansion

rested till 4 p.m., when the act was resumed and completed. JL. bra-

chypoda commenced opening at 5 p.m., and completed the opening

by 7 P.M.

There is no reason why variation may not occur in the behaviour

of plants as well as in the parts of their structure; but it is difficult

to conceive of any physiological value in these variations from any

point of view in the economy of plant-life—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sev.

Philad. 1894, pp. 169-171.

Ani.& . Vag. Nat. Hist. §. 6. Vol. XV. Pt. I.

5.

d. Geeen del.et lith. Mintern Bros .imp.

u

PLIV.

r

S. 6. Vol Xl

st

A Ht

a

Ann.& Mag. N

AE

TORRE,

HR bide

ae +, id .

ern Bros. mp.

Mim:

=

Gel. etlith.

Green.

J.

s a

= é

& Q

x

i;

aS a

oy

aS

=

+S

>

<<

>

S

Ss

8

Sy

~

Ss

s

Jd. Green del et Kth.

<

2

‘

-

4

: ee ,

Pe

+ \ :

t

= '

| = - _

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES. }

No. 81. SEPTEMBER 1894.

XXIV.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander C. F. Oldham,

R.N.—Series IL., No. 10. Leport upon some Mollusca

dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. By

Epe@ar A. SMITH.

{Plates HI.-V. ]

SEVERAL reports by Dr. A. Alcock and the late Professor J.

Wood-Mason upon the Fishes, Crustacea, and other marine

Invertebrates obtained during the surveys of the ‘ Investi-

gator’ have already appeared in the ‘ Annals’ during the last

five years; but only some brief observations have been made

upon the Mollusca. These were published in 1891 in vol. vii.

pp. 15-19, and vol. vii. pp. 443-448.

Previously to these surveys there does not appear to have

been any dredging carried on in this part of the Indian Ocean

at any great depths, and therefore it is not surprising that

most of the species obtained at over a hundred fathoms are

new to science. Up to the present nothing generically new

has been discovered; but of the species some are especially

interesting as bearing a close resemblance to others which

occur in remote parts of the world. For instance, the Lucina

bengalensis, dredged off the delta of the Godaveri in 410

fathoms, with the exception of a slight difference in form, is

very like ZL. lamellata from 245 fathoms in the Straits of

Magellan. Turbo (Cantrainea) indicus is possibly only a

variety of T. peloritanus, a deep-water form occurring in the

Mediterranean and Atlantic. The species of Amussiwm have

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 12

158 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

close West-Indian and Atlantic representatives in A. Dalli

and A. lucidum; and Dentalium profundorum, from 675

fathoms, and Limopsis indica, from 142-400 fathoms, are

respectively only slight modifications of D. capillosum and

L. pelagica, from the depths of the Atlantic.

A few forms of Dentalium are known, the shells of which

are not regularly tubular. In D. ensiculus, Jeffreys, the shell

is much compressed, and in D. compressum, Sowerby, a hand-

some Japanese species, in section it is oval. D. cnsolitum of

the present collection is also remarkable on account of its

irregularity in this respect; the two sides are a little flat-

tened and slope or converge somewhat towards the excurved

side, which is more convex than the opposite side. The two

Pleurotomids, from 675 and 1043 fathoms, are also worthy of

special attention, as they have quite the appearance of northern

forms or inhabitants of cold regions, having the whitish

chalky surface of some of the boreal Buccinids and

Chrysodomt.

In addition to the species now enumerated and described,

the following, also from dredgings of the ‘ Investigator,’ have

already been characterized as new :—

. Rostellaria delicatula, Nevill, 1881.

. Solariella metalica, Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891.

. Pleurotoma symbiotes, iid.

. Verticordia (Euciroa) eburnea, iid. (=V. optima,

Sowerby, 1894).

. Nucula (Acila) Fultont, Smith, 1892.

. Syndesmya maxima, Sowerby, 1894.

. Glauconome sculpta, Sowerby, 1894.

The types of the species, hereafter described, will be

deposited in the Indian Museum at Calcutta ; but one or more

representatives of each have been retained, by permission,